VFD B User Manual

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 239

CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.

com

CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Preface

Thank you for choosing DELTA’s high-performance VFD-B Series. The VFD-B Series is
manufactured with high-quality components and materials and incorporates the latest
microprocessor technology available.

This manual is to be used for the installation, parameter setting, troubleshooting, and daily
maintenance of the AC motor drive. To guarantee safe operation of the equipment, read the
following safety guidelines before connecting power to the AC motor drive. Keep this operating
manual at hand and distribute to all users for reference.

To ensure the safety of operators and equipment, only qualified personnel familiar with AC motor
drive are to do installation, start-up and maintenance. Always read this manual thoroughly before
using VFD-B series AC Motor Drive, especially the WARNING, DANGER and CAUTION notes.
Failure to comply may result in personal injury and equipment damage. If you have any questions,
please contact your dealer.

PLEASE READ PRIOR TO INSTALLATION FOR SAFETY.

DANGER!

1. AC input power must be disconnected before any wiring to the AC motor drive is made.
2. A charge may still remain in the DC-link capacitors with hazardous voltages, even if the power
has been turned off. To prevent personal injury, please ensure that power has been turned off
before opening the AC motor drive and wait ten minutes for the capacitors to discharge to safe
voltage levels.
3. Never reassemble internal components or wiring.
4. The AC motor drive may be destroyed beyond repair if incorrect cables are connected to the
input/output terminals. Never connect the AC motor drive output terminals U/T1, V/T2, and
W/T3 directly to the AC mains circuit power supply.
5. Ground the VFD-B using the ground terminal. The grounding method must comply with the laws
of the country where the AC motor drive is to be installed. Refer to the Basic Wiring Diagram.
6. VFD-B series is used only to control variable speed of 3-phase induction motors, NOT for 1-
phase motors or other purpose.
7. VFD-B series shall NOT be used for life support equipment or any life safety situation.

CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

WARNING!

1. DO NOT use Hi-pot test for internal components. The semi-conductor used in the AC motor
drive is easily damaged by high-pressure.
2. There are highly sensitive MOS components on the printed circuit boards. These components
are especially sensitive to static electricity. To prevent damage to these components, do not
touch these components or the circuit boards with metal objects or your bare hands.
3. Only qualified persons are allowed to install, wire and maintain AC motor drives.

CAUTION!

1. Some parameter settings will cause the motor to run immediately after applying power.
2. DO NOT install the AC motor drive in a place subjected to high temperature, direct sunlight,
high humidity, excessive vibration, corrosive gases or liquids, or airborne dust or metallic
particles.
3. Only use AC motor drives within specification. Failure to comply may result in fire, explosion or
electric shock.
4. To prevent personal injury, please keep children and unqualified people away from the
equipment.
5. When the motor cable between the AC motor drive and motor is too long, the layer insulation of
the motor may be damaged. Please use a frequency inverter duty motor or add an AC output
reactor to prevent damage to the motor. Refer to appendix B Reactor for details.
6. The rated voltage for the AC motor drive must be ≤ 240V (≤ 480V for 460V models, ≤ 600V for
575V models) and the mains supply current capacity must be ≤ 5000A RMS (≤10000A RMS for
the ≥ 40hp (30kW) models).

CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Table of Contents

Preface ............................................................................................................. i

Table of Contents .......................................................................................... iii

Chapter 1 Introduction ................................................................................ 1-1

1.1 Receiving and Inspection ................................................................... 1-1

1.1.1 Nameplate Information................................................................ 1-1

1.1.2 Model Explanation ...................................................................... 1-1

1.1.3 Series Number Explanation ........................................................ 1-2

1.1.4 Drive Frames .............................................................................. 1-2

1.2 Appearances ...................................................................................... 1-2

1.3 Preparation for Installation and Wiring ............................................... 1-4

1.3.1 Remove Keypad ......................................................................... 1-4

1.3.2 Remove Front Cover................................................................... 1-6

1.4 Lifting.................................................................................................. 1-7

1.5 Storage............................................................................................... 1-8

Chapter 2 Installation and Wiring .............................................................. 2-1

2.1 Ambient Conditions ............................................................................ 2-1

2.2 Installation .......................................................................................... 2-1

2.3 Dimensions......................................................................................... 2-3

2.4 Wiring ............................................................................................... 2-12

2.4.1 Basic Wiring .............................................................................. 2-13

CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

2.4.2 External Wiring .......................................................................... 2-18

2.4.3 Main Terminals Connections ..................................................... 2-19

2.4.4 Control Terminals ...................................................................... 2-21

2.4.5 Main Circuit Terminals............................................................... 2-26

Chapter 3 Start Up .......................................................................................3-1

3.1 Preparations before Start-up...............................................................3-1

3.2 Operation Method ...............................................................................3-2

3.3 Trial Run .............................................................................................3-2

Chapter 4 Digital Keypad Operation ..........................................................4-1

4.1 Description of the Digital Keypad VFD-PU01......................................4-1

4.2 How to Operate the Digital Keypad VFD-PU01 ..................................4-3

Chapter 5 Parameters..................................................................................5-1

5.1 Summary of Parameter Settings.........................................................5-2

5.2 Parameter Settings for Applications..................................................5-18

5.3 Description of Parameter Settings ....................................................5-23

Chapter 6 Fault Code Information ..............................................................6-1

6.1 Common Problems and Solutions ......................................................6-1

6.2 Reset ..................................................................................................6-4

Chapter 7 Troubleshooting .........................................................................7-1

7.1 Over Current (OC) ..............................................................................7-1

7.2 Ground Fault.......................................................................................7-2

7.3 Over Voltage (OV) ..............................................................................7-2

7.4 Low Voltage (Lv).................................................................................7-3

7.5 Over Heat (OH)...................................................................................7-4

7.6 Overload .............................................................................................7-4

CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

7.7 Display of PU01 is Abnormal.............................................................. 7-5

7.8 Phase Loss (PHL) .............................................................................. 7-5

7.9 Motor cannot Run............................................................................... 7-6

7.10 Motor Speed cannot be Changed..................................................... 7-7

7.11 Motor Stalls during Acceleration....................................................... 7-8

7.12 The Motor does not Run as Expected .............................................. 7-8

7.13 Electromagnetic/Induction Noise ...................................................... 7-9

7.14 Environmental Condition .................................................................. 7-9

7.15 Affecting Other Machines ............................................................... 7-10

Chapter 8 Maintenance and Inspections ................................................... 8-1

Appendix A Specifications ........................................................................ A-1

Appendix B Accessories ........................................................................... B-1

B.1 All Brake Resistors & Brake Units Used in AC Motor Drives..............B-1

B.1.1 Dimensions and Weights for Brake Resistors ............................ B-4

B.1.2 Specifications for Brake Unit ...................................................... B-6

B.1.3 Dimensions for Brake Unit .......................................................... B-7

B.2 AMD - EMI Filter Cross Reference.....................................................B-8

B.2.1 Dimensions............................................................................... B-12

B.3 PG Card (for Encoder) .....................................................................B-20

B.3.1 PG02 Installation ...................................................................... B-20

B.3.1.1 PG Card and Pulse Generator (Encoder) ......................... B-21

B.3.1.2 PG-02 Terminal Descriptions............................................ B-23

B.3.2 PG03 ........................................................................................ B-25

B.3.2.1 Installation......................................................................... B-25

CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

B.3.2.2 PG Card and Pulse Generator (Encoder)..........................B-26

B.3.2.3 PG-03 Terminal Descriptions ............................................B-27

B.4 Remote Controller RC-01 ................................................................ B-30

B.5 Remote Panel Adapter (RPA 01) .................................................... B-31

B.6 AC Reactor...................................................................................... B-32

B.6.1 AC Input Reactor Recommended Value ...................................B-32

B.6.2 AC Output Reactor Recommended Value ................................B-33

B.6.3 Applications for AC Reactor......................................................B-35

B.7 Zero Phase Reactor (RF220X00A) ................................................. B-37

B.8 DC Choke Recommended Values................................................... B-36

B.9 No-fuse Circuit Breaker Chart ......................................................... B-38

B.10 Fuse Specification Chart ............................................................... B-39

B.11 PU06 ............................................................................................. B-40

B.11.1 Description of the Digital keypad VFD-PU06 ..........................B-40

B.11.2 Explanation of Display Message .............................................B-40

B.11.3 Operation Flow Chart..............................................................B-41

Appendix C How to Select the Right AC Motor Drive .............................. C-1

C.1 Capacity Formulas ............................................................................ C-2

C.2 General Precaution ........................................................................... C-4

C.3 How to Choose a Suitable Motor....................................................... C-5

CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 1 Introduction

1.1 Receiving and Inspection

This VFD-B AC motor drive has gone through rigorous quality control tests at the factory before
shipment. After receiving the AC motor drive, please check for the following:
„ Check to make sure that the package includes an AC motor drive, the User Manual/Quick
Start and CD, dust covers and rubber bushings.
„ Inspect the unit to assure it was not damaged during shipment.
„ Make sure that the part number indicated on the nameplate corresponds with the part
number of your order.

1.1.1 Nameplate Information


Example for 1HP/0.75kW 3-phase 230V AC motor drive

AC Drive Model MODE : VFD007B23A


Input Spec. INPUT : 3PH 200-240V 50/60Hz 5.7A
OUTPUT : 3PH 0-240V 5.0A 1.9kVA 1HP
Output S pec.
Freq. Range : 0.1~400Hz
Output Frequency Range ENCLOSURE: TYPE 1

Enclosure type
Serial Number & Bar Code 007B23A0T5011230

1.1.2 Model Explanation


VFD 007 B 23 A
Version Type
Mains Input Voltage
21: 230V Single phase 23: 230V Three phase
43: 460V Three phase 53:575 V Three phase
B Series
Applicable motor capacity
007: 1 HP(0.7kW) 150: 20HP(15kW)

022: 3 HP(2.2kW) 220: 30 HP(22kW)


037: 5 HP(3.7kW) 300: 40HP(30kW)
055: 7.5HP(5.5kW) 370: 50 HP(37kW)
075: 10 HP(7.5kW) 450: 60HP(45kW)
110: 15 HP(11kW) 550: 75HP(55kW)
750: 100HP(75kW)
Series Name ( V ariable F requency D rive)

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 1-1

CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 1 Introduction|VFD-B Series


1.1.3 Series Number Explanation
007B23A 0T 7 01

Production number
Production week
Production year 2007
Production factory
(Taoyuan)
230V 3-phase 1HP(0.75kW)
Model

If the nameplate information does not correspond to your purchase order or if there are
any problems, please contact your distributor.

1.1.4 Drive Frames


Frame Power range Models
A 1hp (0.75kW) VFD007B23A/43A/53A
A1 1-2hp (0.75-1.5kW) VFD007B21A, VFD015B21A/23A/43A/53A
A2 2-3hp (1.5-2.2kW) VFD015B21B/23B, VFD022B23B/43B/53A
B 3-5hp (2.2-3.7kW) VFD022B21A, VFD037B23A/43A/53A
VFD055B23A/43A/53A,
C 7.5-15hp (5.5-11kW) VFD075B23A/43A/53A,
VFD110B23A/43A/53A
VFD150B23A/43A/53A,
D 20-30hp (15-22kW) VFD185B23A/43A/53A,
VFD220B23A/43A/53A
VFD300B43A/53A, VFD370B43A/53A,
E 40-60hp (30-45kW)
VFD450B43A/53A
VFD300B23A, VFD370B23A,
E1 40-100hp (30-75kW)
VFD550B43C/53A, VFD750B43C/53A
Please refer to Chapter 2.3 for exact dimensions.

1.2 Appearances

(Refer to chapter 2.3 for exact dimensions)

1-3HP/0.75-2.2kW (Frame A, A1, A2) 3-5HP/2.2-3.7kW (Frame B)

1-2 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 1 Introduction|VFD-B Series

7.5-15HP/5.5-11kW (Frame C) 20-30HP/15-22kW (Frame D)

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 1-3


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 1 Introduction|VFD-B Series

40-100HP/30-75kW (Frame E, E1) 75-100HP/55-75kW (Frame F)

1.3 Preparation for Installation and Wiring

1.3.1 Remove Keypad


1-3HP/0.75-2.2kW (Frame A, A1, A2) 3-5HP/2.2-3.7kW (Frame B)

1-4 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 1 Introduction|VFD-B Series


7.5-15HP/5.5-11kW (Frame C) 20-30HP/15-22kW (Frame D)

40-100HP/30-75kW (Frame E, E1) 75-100HP/55-75kW (Frame F)

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 1-5


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 1 Introduction|VFD-B Series


1.3.2 Remove Front Cover
1-3HP/0.75-2.2kW (Frame A, A1, A2) 3-5HP/2.2-3.7kW (Frame B)

7.5-15HP/5.5-11kW (Frame C) 20-30HP/15-22kW (Frame D)

1-6 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 1 Introduction|VFD-B Series


40-100HP/30-75kW (Frame E, E1) 75-100HP/55-75kW (Frame F)

1.4 Lifting

Please carry only fully assembled AC motor drives as shown in the following.
For 40-100HP (Frame E, E1 and F)
Step 1 Step 2

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 1-7


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 1 Introduction|VFD-B Series


Step 3 Step 4

1.5 Storage

The AC motor drive should be kept in the shipping carton or crate before installation. In order to
retain the warranty coverage, the AC motor drive should be stored properly when it is not to be
used for an extended period of time. Storage conditions are:
Store in a clean and dry location free from direct sunlight or corrosive fumes.
Store within an ambient temperature range of -20 °C to +60 °C.
Store within a relative humidity range of 0% to 90% and non-condensing environment.
Store within an air pressure range of 86 kPA to 106kPA.

CAUTION!

1. DO NOT store in an area with rapid changes in temperature. It may cause condensation and
frost.
2. DO NOT place on the ground directly. It should be stored properly. Moreover, if the surrounding
environment is humid, you should put exsiccator in the package.
3. If the AC motor drive is stored for more than 3 months, the temperature should not be higher
than 30 °C. Storage longer than one year is not recommended, it could result in the degradation
of the electrolytic capacitors.
4. When the AC motor drive is not used for a long time after installation on building sites or places
with humidity and dust, it’s best to move the AC motor drive to an environment as stated above.

1-8 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 2 Installation and Wiring

2.1 Ambient Conditions

Install the AC motor drive in an environment with the following conditions:

Operation Air Temperature: -10 ~ +40°C (14 ~ 104°F)


Relative Humidity: <90%, no condensation allowed
Atmosphere pressure: 86 ~ 106 kPa
Installation Site Altitude: <1000m
Vibration: <20Hz: 9.80 m/s2 (1G) max
20 ~ 50Hz: 5.88 m/s2 (0.6G) max

Storage Temperature: -20°C ~ +60°C (-4°F ~ 140°F)


Transportation Relative Humidity: <90%, no condensation allowed
Atmosphere pressure: 86 ~ 106 kPa
Vibration: <20Hz: 9.80 m/s2 (1G) max
20 ~ 50Hz: 5.88 m/s2 (0.6G) max

Pollution Degree 2: good for a factory type environment.

CAUTION!

1. Operating, storing or transporting the AC motor drive outside these conditions may cause
damage to the AC motor drive.
2. Failure to observe these precautions may void the warranty!

2.2 Installation

1. Mount the AC motor drive vertically on a flat vertical surface by using bolts or screws. Other
directions are not allowed.
2. The AC motor drive will generate heat during operation. Allow sufficient space around the unit
for heat dissipation.
3. The heat sink temperature may rise to 90°C when running. The material on which the AC motor
drive is mounted must be noncombustible and be able to withstand this high temperature.
4. When the AC motor drive is installed in a confined space (e.g. cabinet), the surrounding
temperature must be within 10 ~ 40°C with good ventilation. DO NOT install the AC motor drive
in a space with bad ventilation.

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 2-1


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 2 Installation and Wiring|VFD-B Series


5. When installing multiple AC motor drives in the same cabinet, they should be adjacent in a row
with enough space in-between. When installing one AC motor drive below another one, use a
metal separation barrier between the AC motor drives to prevent mutual heating.
6. Prevent fiber particles, scraps of paper, saw dust, metal particles, etc. from adhering to the
heatsink.

Minimum Mounting Clearances

H
Air Flow

FWD PROG
REV DATA

W W

W H
HP
mm (inch) mm (inch)
1-5HP 50 (2) 150 (6)
7.5-20HP 75 (3) 175 (7)
25-75HP 75 (3) 200 (8)
100HP and above 75 (3) 250 (10)

2-2 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 2 Installation and Wiring|VFD-B Series

2.3 Dimensions

(Dimensions are in millimeter and [inch])


Frame A: VFD007B23A/43A/53A

118.0 [4.65] 145.0 [5.71]


108.0 [4.25] 5.5[0.22]

173.0 [6.81]
185.0 [7.28]

0.87]
22.0[

10](2X)
28.0[ 1.

. 11]
75[0
R2 .
8.7 [0.34]

5.5[0.22]

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 2-3


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 2 Installation and Wiring|VFD-B Series


Frame A1: VFD007B21A, VFD015B21A/23A/43A/53A
118.0 [4.65] 160.0 [6.30]
108.0 [4.25] 5.5[0.22]

173.0 [6.81]
185.0 [7.28]

0.87]
22.0[

10](2X)
28.0[ 1.
1]
5[0.1
R2.7
8.7 [0.34]

5.5[0.22]

2-4 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 2 Installation and Wiring|VFD-B Series


Frame A2: VFD015B21B/23B, VFD022B23B/43B/53A

118.0 [4.65] 145.0 [5.71]


108.0 [4.25] 5.5[0.22]

173.0 [6.81]
185.0 [7.28]

0.87]
22.0[

10](2X )
28.0[ 1.

.11]
75[0
R2.
8.7 [0.34]

5.5[0.22]

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 2-5


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 2 Installation and Wiring|VFD-B Series


Frame B: VFD022B21A, VFD037B23A/43A/53A

]
26
0.
150.0 [5.91] 5 [
6.
135.0 [5.32] 160.2 [6.31]

260.0[10.24]
244.3 [9.63]

X)
] (2
87 3]
0.
[ 0.1
.0 5[R
22 .2
R3

6.5[0.26]
11.3 [0.44]

28
.0[
1.1
0](
2X
)

UNIT : mm(inch)

2-6 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 2 Installation and Wiring|VFD-B Series


Frame C: VFD055B23A/43A/53A, VFD075B23A/43A/53A, VFD110B23A/43A/53A

]
200.0 [7.88] 28
185.6 [7.31] 0. 183.2 [7.22]
0[
7.

303.0 [11.93]
323.0 [12.72]

R3

13.5 [0.53]
.5
[R
0.
14
]

7.0 [0.28]

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 2-7


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 2 Installation and Wiring|VFD-B Series


Frame D: VFD150B23A/43A/53A, VFD185B23A/43A/53A, VFD220B23A/43A/53A

250.0 [9.84] 10.0 [ 0.39]


226.0 [8.90] 205.4 [8.08]

403.8 [15.90]
384.0 [15.12]
0]
1.1

X)
5 ]( 2
1 .6 0]
[

0. 2
.0

[
2.0 0[R
28

4
R 5.
13.0 [0.51]

10.0 [0.39]

2-8 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 2 Installation and Wiring|VFD-B Series


Frame E: VFD300B43A/53A, VFD370B43A/53A, VFD450B43A/53A

370.0 [14.57] 260.0 [10.24]


335.0 [13.19]

560.0 [22.05]
589.0 [23.19]

18.0 [0.71]

132.5 [5.22]
21.0[0.83]

R6.5[0.25]

13.0[0.51]

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 2-9


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 2 Installation and Wiring|VFD-B Series


Frame E1: VFD300B23A, VFD370B23A, VFD550B43C/53A, VFD750B43C/53A

370.0 [14.57] 260.0 [10.24]


335.0 [13.19]

560.0 [22.05]
589.0 [23.19]
595.0 [23.43]

18.0 [0.71]

132.5 [5.22]
21.0[0.83]

R6.5[0.25]

13.0[0.51]

2-10 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 2 Installation and Wiring|VFD-B Series

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 2-11


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 2 Installation and Wiring|VFD-B Series


VFD-PU01

F
H
U
VFD-PU01

RUN STOP JOG FWD REV

JOG MODE

PROG
DATA

STOP
RUN RESET

2.4 Wiring

After removing the front cover, check if the power and control terminals are clear of debris. Be sure
to observe the following precautions when wiring.

„ General Wiring Information


Applicable Codes
All VFD-B series are Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) and Canadian Underwriters Laboratories
(cUL) listed, and therefore comply with the requirements of the National Electrical Code (NEC) and
the Canadian Electrical Code (CEC).

Installation intended to meet the UL and cUL requirements must follow the instructions provided in
“Wiring Notes” as a minimum standard. Follow all local codes that exceed UL and cUL
requirements. Refer to the technical data label affixed to the AC motor drive and the motor
nameplate for electrical data.

The "Line Fuse Specification" in Appendix B, lists the recommended fuse part number for each
VFD-B Series part number. These fuses (or equivalent) must be used on all installations where
compliance with U.L. standards is a required.

2-12 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 2 Installation and Wiring|VFD-B Series

2.4.1 Basic Wiring


„ Make sure that power is only applied to the R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 terminals. Failure to comply
may result in damage to the equipment. The voltage and current should lie within the range
as indicated on the nameplate.
„ Check the following items after completing the wiring:
1. Are all connections correct?
2. No loose wires?
3. No short-circuits between terminals or to ground?

A charge may still remain in the DC bus capacitors with hazardous voltages even if the power has
been turned off. To prevent personal injury, please ensure that the power is turned off and wait ten
minutes for the capacitors to discharge to safe voltage levels before opening the AC motor drive.

DANGER!

1. All the units must be grounded directly to a common ground terminal to prevent electric shock,
fire and interference.
2. Only qualified personnel familiar with AC motor drives are allowed to perform installation, wiring
and commissioning.
3. Make sure that the power is off before doing any wiring to prevent electric shocks.

Basic Wiring Diagrams

Users must connect wires according to the circuit diagrams on the following pages. Do not plug a
modem or telephone line to the RS-485 communication port or permanent damage may result. The
pins 1 & 2 are the power supply for the optional copy keypad PU06 only and should not be used for
RS-485 communication.

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 2-13


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 2 Installation and Wiring|VFD-B Series


Figure 1 for models of VFD-B Series
VFD007B21A/23A/43A/53A, VFD015B21A/21B/23A/23B/43A/53A, VFD022B23B/43B/53A
* T hree phase input power may apply to single phase drives . DC choke
* For the single phas e driv es, the A C input line can (optional) Br ak e res istor
be connected to any two of the thr ee input terminals R,S,T (optional)

Jumper
F us e/NF B(None F us e Br eak er)
+1 +2/B1 B2 Motor
R(L1) R(L1) U(T 1)
S( L2) S(L2) V(T2)
IM
T(L3) T(L3) W(T 3)
3~
Recommended Circuit when E
power s upply is turned O FF E
SA
by a fault output.
T he contact will be ON MC RB RA
when the fault occur s to
turn off the power and RC
protect the power sys tem.
OF F ON RB Refer to Control
MC Ter minal Ex pl anation
F act ory set ting : +24V RC
F WD/ST OP
SINK Mod e FWD
Sink REV/STO P MO1
REV factory setti ng:
Sw1 JO G indicates dur ing operation
Source JOG 48V50mA
E.F.
Please refer to F ig ure 4 EF MO2
fo r w irin g of SINK Multi-s tep 1 factory setti ng:
m od e and SOURCE MI1 F req. Setting Indi cation
m od e. Multi-s tep 2 48V50mA
MI2
Multi-s tep 3
MI3 MO3 factory setti ng:
F ac tor y Low-voltage Indication
Multi-s tep 4
setting MI4 48V50mA
RESET Multi-function
MI5
Acc el/Decel prohibit MCM Photocoulper O utput
MI6
Counter AFM Analog Multi- function Output
TRG
Digital Signal Comm on Ter minal
DCM factory setti ng: Analog freq.
* Don't apply the mains v oltage directly E
ACM / c ur rent meter 0~1 0VDC/2 mA
to abov e terminals. Analog S ignal common
+10V E
3 Power supply Digital F requency Output
+10V 20mA DFM
Ter minal
5K 2 AVI factory setti ng: 1:1
Master Fr equency Duty =50%
1 0 to 10V 47K
4~20mA Digital Signal Comm on
ACI DCM
-10~+10V RS-485
AUI Seri al interface
1: EV 2: G ND 3: SG-
ACM 4: SG + 5:Reserv ed
Analog S ignal Common
E 6: Reserv ed

Main c ircui t (power) terminals Contr ol ci rcuit ter minals Shielded l eads & Cable

2-14 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 2 Installation and Wiring|VFD-B Series


Figure 2 for models of VFD-B Series
VFD022B21A, VFD037B23A/43A/53A, VFD055B23A/43A/53A, VFD075B23A/43A/53A,
VFD110B23A/43A/53A
* T hree phase input power may apply to single phas e driv es.
* For the single phas e driv es, the AC input line can
be connected to any two of the three input termi nal s R,S,T Br ak e r es istor (optional )
R efer to Appendi x B for the use of
DC chock special brake resi stor
(optional) BR
Jumper
F us e/NF B(None F use Br eaker)
+1 +2/B1 B2 -( min us sig n)
Motor
R(L1) R(L1) U(T1)
S(L2) S(L2)
V(T2)
IM
T(L3) T( L3)
W(T 3)
3~
Recommended Circ ui t when E
power s upply is turned O FF SA E
by a fault output. RB
T he contact will be O N MC RA
when the fault occur s to
turn off the power and
RC
OF F ON
protect the power sys tem. MC RB Please refer to Contr ol
Ter minal Ex pl anation.
F act ory Settin g: F WD/ST OP
+24V RC
SINK Mo de FWD
Sink REV/STO P MO1
REV F ac tor y setting:
Sw1 JO G
Source JOG indicates during operation
E.F. 48V50mA
Please refer to F ig u re 4 EF
fo r w irin g of S INK Multi-s tep 1 MO2 F ac tor y setting:
m od e an d SOURCE MI1
Multi-s tep 2 F req. Setting Indication
m od e. MI2 48V50mA
Multi-s tep 3
F ac tor y MI3 MO3 F ac tor y setting:
Multi-s tep 4 Low-voltage Indication
setting MI4
RESET 48V50mA
Acc el/Decel prohibit
MI5 Multi-function
MI6 MCM Photocoulper Output
Counter
TRG AFM Analog Multi- func tion Output
Digital Si gnal Common Ter minal
DCM F ac tor y default: A nal og freq.
* Don't apply the mains voltage direc tly E ACM
to abov e terminals. / c ur rent meter 0~1 0VDC/2 mA
+10V E
Analog S ignal common
3 Power supply
+10V 20m A DFM Digital F requency Output
Ter minal
5K 2 AVI F ac tor y setting: 1:1
Master Fr equency
1 Duty =50%
4~20mA 0 to 10V 47K
ACI Digital Si gnal Common
-10~+10V DCM
AUI RS-485
6 1 Seri al interface
ACM 1: EV 2: G ND 3: SG-
Analog S ignal Common 4: SG + 5:Reserv ed
E
6: Reserv ed

Main c irc ui t (power) terminals Contr ol c ircuit ter minals Shielded l eads & Cable

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 2-15


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 2 Installation and Wiring|VFD-B Series


Figure 3 for models of VFD-B Series
VFD150B23A/43A/53A, VFD185B23A/43A/53A, VFD220B23A/43A/53A, VF D300B23A/43A/53A,
VFD370B23A/43A/53A, VFD450B43A/53A, VFD550B43C/53A, VFD750B43C/53A
* T hree phase input power may apply to single phas e driv es.
* For the single phas e driv es, the AC input line can
be connected to any two of the three input termi nal s R,S,T Br ak e r es istor/unit(optional )
DC chock Refer to Appendi x B for the use of
(optional) VF DB special brake resi stor/uni t
Jumper
F us e/NF B(None F use Br eaker)
+1 +2 -( min us sig n) Motor
R(L1) R(L1) U(T 1)
S( L2) S(L2)
V(T2)
IM
T(L3) T( L3)
W(T 3)
3~
Recommended Circui t when E
power s upply is turned O FF SA E
by a fault output. RB
T he contact will be O N MC RA
when the fault occur s to
turn off the power and RC
OF F ON
protect the power sys tem. MC RB Please refer to Contr ol
Ter minal Ex pl anation
F act ory set tin g: F WD/ST OP +24V RC
SINK Mo de FWD
Sink REV/STO P MO1
REV F ac tor y setting:
Sw1 JO G
JOG indicates dur ing operation
Source 48V50mA
E.F.
Please refer to F ig u re 4 EF
fo r w irin g of SINK Multi-s tep 1 MO2 F ac tor y setting:
m od e an d SOURCE MI1
Multi-s tep 2 F req. Setting Indication
m od e. MI2 48V50mA
Multi-s tep 3
F ac tor y MI3 MO3 F ac tor y setting:
Multi-s tep 4 Low-voltage Indication
setting MI4
RESET 48V50mA
Acc el/Decel prohibit
MI5 Multi-function
MI6 MCM Photocoulper Output
Counter
TRG AFM Analog Multi- func tion Output
Digital Si gnal Common Ter minal
DCM factory setti ng: Analog fr eq.
* Don't apply the mains voltage directly E ACM
to abov e terminals. / c ur rent meter 0~1 0VDC/2 mA
+10V E
Analog S ignal common
3 Power supply
+10V 20m A DFM Digital F requency Output
Ter minal
5K 2 AVI F ac tor y setting: 1:1
Master Fr equency
1 Duty =50%
4~20mA 0 to 10V 47K
ACI Digital Si gnal Common
-10~+10V DCM
AUI RS-485
6 1 Seri al interface
ACM 1: EV 2: G ND 3: SG-
Analog S ignal Common 4: SG + 5:Reserv ed
E
6: Reserv ed

Main c irc ui t (power) terminals Contr ol c ircuit ter minals Shielded l eads & Cable

2-16 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 2 Installation and Wiring|VFD-B Series


Figure 4 Wiring for SINK mode and SOURCE mode

SINK Mode +24V


FWD/STOP
Sink FWD
REV/STOP
SW1 REV
JOG
JOG
Source E.F.
EF
Multi-step1
MI1
Multi-step2
MI2
Multi-step3
Factory MI3
setting Multi-step4
MI4
RESET
MI5
Accel./Decel. prohibit
MI6
Counter
TRG
Digital Signal Common
DCM
*Don't apply the mains voltage directly
E
to above terminals.

SOURCE Mode +24V


FWD/STOP
Sink FWD
REV/STOP
REV
Sw1
JOG
JOG
Source E.F.
EF
Multi-step1
MI1
Multi-step2
MI2
Multi-step3
Factory MI3
setting Multi-step4
MI4
RESET
MI5
Accel./Decel. prohibit
MI6
Counter
TRG
Digital Signal Common
DCM
*Don't apply the mains voltage directly
E
to above terminals.

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 2-17


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 2 Installation and Wiring|VFD-B Series

2.4.2 External Wiring

Power Suppl y Items Explanations


Please follow the specific power
Power
supply requirements shown in
supply
Appendix A.
FUSE/NFB There may be an inrush current
during power up. Please check the
Fuse/NFB chart of Appendix B and select the
(Optional) correct fuse with rated current. Use of
an NFB is optional.
Magnetic
contactor Please do not use a Magnetic
Magnetic
contactor as the I/O switch of the AC
contactor
motor drive, as it will reduce the
(Optional)
operating life cycle of the AC drive.
Input AC Used to improve the input power
Line Reactor factor, to reduce harmonics and
provide protection from AC line
disturbances (surges, switching
Zero-phase Input AC spikes, short interruptions, etc.). AC
Reactor
Line Reactor line reactor should be installed when
(Optional) the power supply capacity is 500kVA
or more or advanced capacity is
EMI Fi lter activated .The wiring distance should
be ≤ 10m. Refer to appendix B for
details.
Zero phase reactors are used to
R/L1 S/L2 T/L3 +1 DC reduce radio noise especially when
Zero-phase
Chock audio equipment is installed near the
+2/B1 Reactor
inverter. Effective for noise reduction
(Ferrite Core
on both the input and output sides.
BR

Common
BUE
BR

Attenuation quality is good for a wide


Choke)
B2 range from AM band to 10MHz.
- (Optional)
U/T1 V/T2 W/T3 E Appendix B specifies the zero phase
reactor. (RF220X00A)
To reduce electromagnetic
Zero-phase EMI filter
interference, please refer to Appendix
Reactor (Optional)
B for more details.
Output AC Used to reduce the deceleration time
Line Reactor Brake
of the motor. Please refer to the chart
Resistor
in Appendix B for specific Brake
(Optional)
Resistors.

Motor surge voltage amplitude


Motor Output AC
depends on motor cable length. For
Line Reactor
applications with long motor cable
(Optional)
(>20m), it is necessary to install a
reactor at the inverter output side

2-18 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 2 Installation and Wiring|VFD-B Series


2.4.3 Main Terminals Connections

Terminal Symbol Explanation of Terminal Function

R, S, T R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 AC line input terminals (1-phase/3-phase)

AC drive output terminals for connecting 3-phase


U, V, W U/T1, V/T2, W/T3
induction motor

P1, P2 +1, +2 Connections for DC Choke (optional)

P-B, P2/B1~B2 +2/B1~B2 Connections for Brake Resistor (optional)

P2~N, P2/B1~N +2~(-), +2/B1~(-) Connections for External Brake Unit (VFDB series)

Earth connection, please comply with local regulations.

Mains power terminals (R/L1, S/L2, T/L3)


„ Connect these terminals (R/L1, S/L2, T/L3) via a no-fuse breaker or earth leakage breaker to
3-phase AC power (some models to 1-phase AC power) for circuit protection. It is
unnecessary to consider phase-sequence.
„ It is recommended to add a magnetic contactor (MC) in the power input wiring to cut off
power quickly and reduce malfunction when activating the protection function of AC motor
drives. Both ends of the MC should have an R-C surge absorber.
„ Do NOT run/stop AC motor drives by turning the power ON/OFF. Run/stop AC motor drives
by RUN/STOP command via control terminals or keypad. If you still need to run/stop AC
drives by turning power ON/OFF, it is recommended to do so only ONCE per hour.
„ Do NOT connect 3-phase models to a 1-phase power source.

Control circuit terminals (U, V, W)


„ When the AC drive output terminals U/T1, V/T2, and W/T3 are connected to the motor
terminals U/T1, V/T2, and W/T3, respectively, the motor will rotate counterclockwise (as
viewed on the shaft end of the motor) when a forward operation command is received. To
permanently reverse the direction of motor rotation, switch over any of the two motor leads.

Forward
running

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 2-19


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 2 Installation and Wiring|VFD-B Series


„ DO NOT connect phase-compensation capacitors or surge absorbers at the output terminals
of AC motor drives.
„ With long motor cables, high capacitive switching current peaks can cause over-current, high
leakage current or lower current readout accuracy. To prevent this, the motor cable should
be less than 20m for 3.7kW models and below. And the cable should be less than 50m for
5.5kW models and above. For longer motor cables use an AC output reactor.
„ Use a well-insulated motor, suitable for inverter operation.

Terminals [+1, +2] for connecting DC reactor


DC reactor

Jumper
+1
„ To improve the power factor and reduce harmonics, connect a DC reactor between terminals
[+1, +2]. Please remove the jumper before connecting the DC reactor.

NOTE Models of 15kW and above have a built-in DC reactor.

Terminals [+2/B1, B2] for connecting brake resistor and terminals [+1, +2/B1] for connecting
external brake unit
BR
VFDB

BR

B2 -(minus sign)
„ Connect a brake resistor or brake unit in applications with frequent deceleration ramps, short
deceleration time, too low brake torque or requiring increased brake torque.
„ If the AC motor drive has a built-in brake chopper (all models of 11kW and below), connect
the external brake resistor to the terminals [+2/B1, B2].
„ Models of 15kW and above don’t have a built-in brake chopper. Please connect an external
optional brake unit (VFDB-series) and brake resistor. Refer to VFDB series user manual for
details.
„ Connect the terminals [+(P), -(N)] of the brake unit to the AC motor drive terminals
[+2(+2/B1), (-)]. The length of wiring should be less than 5m with twisted cable.
„ When not used, please leave the terminals [+2/B1, -] open.

2-20 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 2 Installation and Wiring|VFD-B Series

WARNING!

1. Short-circuiting [B2] or [-] to [+2/B1] can damage the AC motor drive.

Grounding terminals ( )
„ Make sure that the leads are connected correctly and the AC drive is properly grounded.
(Ground resistance should not exceed 0.1Ω.)
„ Use ground leads that comply with local regulations and keep them as short as possible.
„ Multiple VFD-B units can be installed in one location. All the units should be grounded
directly to a common ground terminal, as shown in the figure below. Ensure there are no
ground loops.

excellent good not allowed

2.4.4 Control Terminals


Circuit diagram for digital inputs (SINK current 16mA.)

SOURCE Mode
SINK Mode DCM
+24

Multi-Input
multi-input Terminal
terminal

Internal Circuit +24V


DCM Internal Circuit

Terminal symbols and functions


Terminal Factory Settings (SINK)
Terminal Function
Symbol ON: Connect to DCM

ON: Run in FWD direction


FWD Forward-Stop command
OFF: Stop acc. to Stop Method

ON: Run in REV direction


REV Reverse-Stop command
OFF: Stop acc. to Stop Method

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 2-21


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 2 Installation and Wiring|VFD-B Series

Terminal Factory Settings (SINK)


Terminal Function
Symbol ON: Connect to DCM

ON: JOG operation


JOG Jog command
OFF: Stop acc. to Stop Method

ON: External Fault. Display “EF” and stop


EF External fault acc. To Stop Method.
OFF: No fault

ON: At every pulse counter is advanced


TRG External counter input
by 1.

MI1 Multi-function Input 1

MI2 Multi-function Input 2

MI3 Multi-function Input 3 Refer to Pr.04-04 to Pr.04-09 for programming


the Multi-function Inputs.
MI4 Multi-function Input 4

MI5 Multi-function Input 5

MI6 Multi-function Input 6

Digital Frequency Meter


Pulse voltage output monitor signal,
(Open Collector Output)
proportional to output frequency
DFM-DCM Max: 48V
50mA Duty-cycle: 50%
DFM 50% Ratio: Pr.03-07
Min. load: 10KΩ
Max. current: 50mA
100%
internal circuit Max. voltage: 48VDC.

+24VDC, 20mA
+24V DC Voltage Source
used for SOURCE mode.

Common for digital inputs and used for SINK


DCM Digital Signal Common
mode.

Multi-function Relay output Resistive Load:


RA
(N.O.) a 5A(N.O.)/3A(N.C.) 240VAC
5A(N.O.)/3A(N.C.) 24VDC
Multi-function Relay output Inductive Load:
RB
(N.C.) b
1.5A(N.O.)/0.5A(N.C.) 240VAC
1.5A(N.O.)/0.5A(N.C.) 24VDC
RC Multi-function Relay common
Refer to Pr.03-00 for programming

2-22 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 2 Installation and Wiring|VFD-B Series

Terminal Factory Settings (SINK)


Terminal Function
Symbol ON: Connect to DCM

Multi-function Output 1 Maximum 48VDC, 50mA


MO1
(Photocoupler) Refer to Pr.03-01 to Pr.03-03 for programming
MO1~MO3-DCM Max: 48Vdc
Multi-function Output 2 50mA
MO2
(Photocoupler)
MO1~MO3

Multi-function Output 3
MO3
(Photocoupler)
MCM
Internal Circuit

MCM Multi-function output common Common for Multi-function Outputs

+10V Potentiometer power supply +10VDC 20mA

Analog voltage Input Impedance: 47kΩ


+10V Resolution: 10 bits
AVI circuit
Range: 0 ~ 10VDC =
0 ~ Max. Output
AVI
AVI Frequency (Pr.01-00)
Selection: Pr.02-00, Pr.02-13,
ACM Pr.10-00
internal circuit
Set-up: Pr.04-00 ~ Pr.04-03

Analog current Input Impedance: 250Ω


ACI circuit Resolution: 10 bits
ACI
Range: 4 ~ 20mA =
ACI 0 ~ Max. Output
Frequency (Pr.01-00)
Selection: Pr.02-00, Pr.02-13,
Pr.10-00
ACM internal circuit
Set-up: Pr.04-11 ~ Pr.04-14

Impedance: 47kΩ
Auxiliary analog voltage input
Resolution: 10 bits
+10
~ AUI circuit
-10V Range: -10 ~ +10VDC =
AUI 0 ~ Max. Output
AUI Frequency (Pr.01-00)
Selection: Pr.02-00, Pr.02-13,
ACM Pr.10-00
internal circuit
Set-up: Pr.04-15 ~ Pr.04-18

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 2-23


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 2 Installation and Wiring|VFD-B Series

Terminal Factory Settings (SINK)


Terminal Function
Symbol ON: Connect to DCM

Analog output meter 0 to 10V, 2mA


ACM circuit
AFM
Impedance: 470Ω
Output current 2mA max
AFM 0~10V
potentiometer Resolution: 8 bits
Max. 2mA
Range: 0 ~ 10VDC
internal circuit ACM Function: Pr.03-05

Analog control signal


ACM Common for AVI, ACI, AUI, AFM
(common)

Control signal wiring size: 18 AWG (0.75 mm2) with shielded wire.
Analog input terminals (AVI, ACI, AUI, ACM)
„ Analog input signals are easily affected by external noise. Use shielded wiring and keep it as
short as possible (<20m) with proper grounding. If the noise is inductive, connecting the
shield to terminal ACM can bring improvement.
„ If the analog input signals are affected by noise from the AC motor drive, please connect a
capacitor and ferrite core as indicated in the following diagrams:

AVI/ACI/AUI
C
ACM

ferrite core

wind each wires 3 times or more around the core


Digital inputs (FWD, REV, JOG, EF, TRG, MI1~MI6, DCM)
„ When using contacts or switches to control the digital inputs, please use high quality
components to avoid contact bounce.

Digital outputs (MO1, MO2, MO3, MCM)


„ Make sure to connect the digital outputs to the right polarity, see wiring diagrams.
„ When connecting a relay to the digital outputs, connect a surge absorber or fly-back diode
across the coil and check the polarity.

2-24 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 2 Installation and Wiring|VFD-B Series


General
„ Keep control wiring as far away as possible from the power wiring and in separate conduits
to avoid interference. If necessary let them cross only at 90º angle.
„ The AC motor drive control wiring should be properly installed and not touch any live power
wiring or terminals.

NOTE
„ If a filter is required for reducing EMI (Electro Magnetic Interference), install it as close as
possible to AC drive. EMI can also be reduced by lowering the Carrier Frequency.
„ When using a GFCI (Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter), select a current sensor with sensitivity
of 200mA, and not less than 0.1-second detection time to avoid nuisance tripping. For the
specific GFCI of the AC motor drive, please select a current sensor with sensitivity of 30mA
or above.

DANGER!

Damaged insulation of wiring may cause personal injury or damage to circuits/equipment if it


comes in contact with high voltage.

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 2-25


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 2 Installation and Wiring|VFD-B Series

2.4.5 Main Circuit Terminals


Frame A, A1, A2: VFD007B21A/23A/43A/53A, VFD015B21A/21B//23A/23B/43A/53A,
VFD022B23B/43B/53A

+2 V
R S T
/L1 /L2 /L3 +1 /B1 B2 U W
/T1 / T2 /T3

Control Terminal
Torque: 4Kgf-cm (3 in-lbf)
Wire: 12-24 AWG (3.3-0.2 mm2)

Power Terminal
Torque: 18 kgf-cm (15.6 in-lbf)
Wire Gauge: 10-18 AWG (5.3-0.8 mm2) stranded wire, 12-18 AWG (3.3-0.8 mm2) solid wire
Wire Type: Copper only, 75°C

2-26 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 2 Installation and Wiring|VFD-B Series


Frame B: VFD022B21A, VFD037B23A/43A/53A

+1 +2 B1 - B2 U/T1 V/T2 W/T3


Screw Torque :
18Kgf-cm
Wire Gauge :
18~10AWG

R/L1 S/L2 T/L3

Control Terminal
Torque: 4Kgf-cm (3 in-lbf)
Wire: 12-24 AWG (3.3-0.2mm2)

Power Terminal
Torque: 18 kgf-cm (15.6 in-lbf)
Wire Gauge: 10-18 AWG (5.3-0.8mm2)
Wire Type: Stranded copper only, 75°C

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 2-27


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 2 Installation and Wiring|VFD-B Series


Frame C: VFD055B23A/43A/53A, VFD075B23A/43A/53A, VFD110B23A/43A/53A

POWER IM
3 MOTOR

Control Terminal
Torque: 4Kgf-cm (3 in-lbf)
Wire: 12-24 AWG (3.3-0.2mm2)

Power Terminal
Torque: 30Kgf-cm (26 in-lbf)
Wire: 8-12 AWG (8.4-3.3mm2)
Wire Type: Stranded Copper only, 75°C

NOTE To connect 6 AWG (13.3 mm2) wires, use Recognized Ring Terminals

2-28 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 2 Installation and Wiring|VFD-B Series


Frame D: VFD150B23A/43A/53A, VFD185B23A/43A/53A, VFD220B23A/43A/53A

R/L1 S/L2 T/L3 +1 +2 - V/T2 W/T3


POWER DC (+) DC ( - ) IM
3 MOTOR

Control Terminal
Torque: 4Kgf-cm (3 in-lbf)
Wire: 12-24 AWG (3.3-0.2 mm2)

Power Terminal
Torque: 30Kgf-cm (26 in-lbf)
Wire: 2-8 AWG (33.6-8.4 mm2)
Wire Type: Stranded Copper only, 75°C

NOTE To connect 6 AWG (13.3 mm2) wires, use Recognized Ring Terminals

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 2-29


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 2 Installation and Wiring|VFD-B Series


Frame E1: VFD300B23A, VFD370B23A, VFD550B43C, VFD750B43C, VFD550B53A,
VFD750B53A

POWER

ALARM

CHARGE

R/L1 S/L2 T/L3 +1 +2 U/T1 V/T2 W/T3

Screw Torque: IM
POWER 200kgf-cm (173in-lbf) 3 MOTOR

Control Terminal
Torque: 4Kgf-cm (3 in-lbf)
Wire: 12-24 AWG (3.3-0.2 mm2)

Power Terminal
Torque: 200kgf-cm (173 in-lbf)
Wire Gauge: 1 - 3/0 AWG (42.4-85 mm2)
Wire Type: Stranded copper only, 75°C

2-30 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 2 Installation and Wiring|VFD-B Series


Frame E: VFD300B43A, VFD370B43A, VFD450B43A, VFD300B53A, VFD370B53A,
VFD450B53A

POWER

ALARM

CHARGE

R/L1 S/L2 T/L3 +1 +2 - U/T1 V/T2 2/T3

IM
POWER 3 MOTOR

Control Terminal
Torque: 4Kgf-cm (3 in-lbf)
Wire: 12-24 AWG (3.3-0.2 mm2)

Power Terminal
Torque: 58.7kgf-cm (50.9 in-lbf) max.
Wire Gauge: 2-6AWG (33.6-13.3 mm2)
Wire Type: Stranded copper only, 75°C

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 2-31


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 2 Installation and Wiring|VFD-B Series

2-32 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 3 Start Up

3.1 Preparations before Start-up

Carefully check the following items before proceeding.


„ Make sure that the wiring is correct. In particular, check that the output terminals U, V, W.
are NOT connected to power and that the drive is well grounded.
„ Verify that there are no short-circuits between terminals and from terminals to ground or
mains power.
„ Check for loose terminals, connectors or screws.
„ Verify that no other equipment is connected to the AC motor
„ Make sure that all switches are OFF before applying power to ensure that the AC motor
drive doesn’t start running and there is no abnormal operation after applying power.
„ Make sure that the front cover is correctly installed before applying power.
„ Do NOT operate the AC motor drive with humid hands.
„ Check the following items after applying power:
- The keypad should light up as follows (normal status with no error)

F
H
U
VFD-PU01

RUN STOP JOG FWD REV


When power is ON, LEDs "F", "STOP" and
"FWD" should light up. The display will
show "60.00" with the least signification "0"
flashing.
JOG

STOP
RUN RESET

- If the drive has built-in fan (2.2kW and above) it should run. The factory setting of
Fan Control Pr.03-12=00 (Fan always on).

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 3-1


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 3 Start Up|VFD-B Series

3.2 Operation Method

Refer to 4.2 How to operate the digital keypad VFD-PU01 and chapter 5 parameters for setting.
Please choose a suitable method depending on application and operation rule. The operation is
usually used as shown in the following table.

Operation
Operation Method Frequency Source
Command Source

RUN
PU01 keypad
STOP
RESET

MI1 Parameter
setting: External terminals
MI2 04-04=11 input:
Operate from
external signal DCM 04-05=12 FWD-DCM
REV-DCM
AVI, ACI, AUI

3.3 Trial Run

After finishing checking the items in “3.1 preparation before start-up”, you can perform a trial run.
The factory setting of the operation source is from the keypad (Pr.02-01=00).

1. After applying power, verify that LED “F” is on and the display shows 60.00Hz.

2. Setting frequency to about 5Hz by using key.

3. Pressing RUN key for forward running. And if you want to change to reverse running,
F
H
you should press key in U page. And if you want to decelerate to stop,
STOP
please press RESET key.

4. Check following items:


„ Check if the motor direction of rotation is correct.
„ Check if the motor runs steadily without abnormal noise and vibration.
„ Check if acceleration and deceleration are smooth.

If the results of trial run are normal, please start the formal run.

3-2 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 3 Start Up|VFD-B Series

NOTE
1. Stop running immediately if any fault occurs and refer to the troubleshooting guide for solving
the problem.
2. Do NOT touch output terminals U, V, W when power is still applied to L1/R, L2/S, L3/T even
when the AC motor drive has stopped. The DC-link capacitors may still be charged to
hazardous voltage levels, even if the power has been turned off.
3. To avoid damage to components, do not touch them or the circuit boards with metal objects or
your bare hands.

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 3-3


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 3 Start Up|VFD-B Series


This page intentionally left blank.

3-4 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 4 Digital Keypad Operation

4.1 Description of the Digital Keypad VFD-PU01

LED Display
Display frequency, current, voltage
F and error, etc.
H
U
VFD-PU01 Part Number

Status Display
JOG Display of drive status
Jog operation selector MODE
Display mode selector
JOG
Left key
Moves cursor to the left

UP and DOWN Key STOP/RESET


Sets the parameter STOP
number and changes the
numerical data, such as
RUN RESET
RUN key
Master Frequency.

Display Message Descriptions

Displays the AC drive Master Frequency.

Displays the actual output frequency present at terminals U/T1, V/T2, and
W/T3.

User defined unit (where U = F x Pr.00-05)

Displays the output current present at terminals U/T1, V/T2, and W/T3.

Displays the AC motor drive forward run status.

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 4-1


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 4 Digital Keypad Operation|VFD-B Series


Display Message Descriptions

Displays the AC motor drive reverse run status.

The counter value (C).

Displays the selected parameter.

Displays the actual stored value of the selected parameter.

External Fault.

Display “End” for approximately 1 second if input has been accepted by

pressing key. After a parameter value has been set, the new
value is automatically stored in memory. To modify an entry, use the

, and keys.

Display “Err”, if the input is invalid.

4-2 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 4 Digital Keypad Operation|VFD-B Series

4.2 How to Operate the Digital Keypad VFD-PU01

Selection mode

STA RT
F F F F F
H H H H H
U U U U U
MODE MODE MODE MODE MODE

GO START
NO TE : In the selection mode, press to set the parameters.

To set parameters

F
H
U

F F F parameter set successfully


H H H
U U U F
H
U
parameter set error
MODE move to previous display

NO TE : In the parameter setting mode, you can press MODE to return to the selection mode.

To shift cursor

START
F F F F F
H H H H H
U U U U U

To modify data

START
F F F
H H H
U U U

To set dir ection

F F F
H H H
U U U

or or

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 4-3


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 4 Digital Keypad Operation|VFD-B Series


This page intentionally left blank.

4-4 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters

The VFD-B parameters are divided into 12 groups by property for easy setting. In most
applications, the user can finish all parameter settings before start-up without the need for re-
adjustment during operation.

The 12 groups are as follows:

Group 0: User Parameters


Group 1: Basic Parameters
Group 2: Operation Method Parameters
Group 3: Output Function Parameters
Group 4: Input Function Parameters
Group 5: Multi-Step Speed and PLC Parameters
Group 6: Protection Parameters
Group 7: Motor Parameters
Group 8: Special Parameters
Group 9: Communication Parameters
Group 10: PID Control Parameters
Group 11: Fan & Pump Control Parameters

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 5-1


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series

5.1 Summary of Parameter Settings

: The parameter can be set during operation.

Group 0 User Parameters


Factory
Parameter Explanation Settings Customer
Setting
00-00 Identity Code of Read-only ##
the AC motor drive
00-01 Rated Current Read-only #.#
Display of the AC
motor drive
08: Keypad lock
09: All parameters are reset to factory settings
00-02 Parameter Reset (50Hz, 220V/380V/575V) 00
10: All parameters are reset to factory settings
(60Hz, 220V/440V/575V)
00: Display the frequency command value (LED
F)
01: Display the actual output frequency (LED H)
Start-up Display
00-03 02: Display the content of user-defined unit 00
Selection
(LED U)
03: Multifunction display, see Pr.00-04
04: FWD/REV command
00: Display output current (A)
01: Display counter value (C)
02: Display process operation (1.tt)
03: Display DC-BUS voltage ( u )
04: Display output voltage (E)
05: Output power factor angle (n)
06: Display output power (P)
Content of Multi
00-04 07: Display actual motor speed (HU) 00
Function Display
08: Display the estimated value of torque as it
relates to current (t)
09: Display PG numbers/10ms (G)
10: Display analog feedback signal value (b)(%)
11: Display AVI (U1.) (%)
12: Display ACI (U2.) (%)
13: Display AUI (U3.) (%)
14: Display the temperature of heat sink (°C)
User-Defined
00-05 0.01 to 160.00 1.00
Coefficient K
00-06 Software Version Read-only #.##
00-07 Password Input 00 to 65535 00
00-08 Password Set 00 to 65535 00
00: V/f Control
01: V/f + PG Control
00-09 Control Method 00
02: Vector Control
03: Vector + PG Control

5-2 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series


Factory
Parameter Explanation Settings Customer
Setting
00-10 Reserved

Group 1 Basic Parameters


Factory
Parameter Explanation Settings Customer
Setting
Maximum Output
01-00 50.00 to 400.00 Hz 60.00
Frequency (Fmax)
Maximum Voltage
01-01 0.10 to 400.00 Hz 60.00
Frequency (Fbase)
230V series: 0.1V to 255.0V 220.0
Maximum Output
01-02 460V series: 0.1V to 510.0V 440.0
Voltage (Vmax)
575V series: 0.1V to 637.0V 575.0
Mid-Point Frequency
01-03 0.10 to 400.00 Hz 0.50
(Fmid)
230V series: 0.1V to 255.0V 1.7
Mid-Point Voltage
01-04 460V series: 0.1V to 510.0V 3.4
(Vmid)
575V series: 0.1V to 637.0V 4.8
Minimum Output
01-05 0.10 to 400.00 Hz 0.50
Frequency (Fmin)
230V series: 0.1V to 255.0V 1.7
Minimum Output
01-06 460V series: 0.1V to 510.0V 3.4
Voltage (Vmin)
575V series: 0.1V to 637.0V 4.8
Output Frequency 1 to 120%
01-07 100
Upper Limit
Output Frequency 0 to100 %
01-08 0
Lower Limit
01-09 Accel Time 1 0.01 to 3600.0 sec 10.0
01-10 Decel Time 1 0.01 to 3600.0 sec 10.0
01-11 Accel Time 2 0.01 to 3600.0 sec 10.0
01-12 Decel Time 2 0.01 to 3600.0 sec 10.0
01-09 ~ 01-12: Factory setting for models of 30hp (22kW) and above is 60sec.
01-13 Jog Acceleration 0.1 to 3600.0 sec
1.0
Time
01-14 Jog Frequency 0.10 Hz to 400.00 Hz 6.00
00: Linear Accel/Decel
Auto acceleration / 01: Auto Accel, Linear Decel
deceleration (refer to 02: Linear Accel, Auto Decel
01-15 00
Accel/Decel time 03: Auto Accel/Decel (Set by load)
setting)
04: Auto Accel/Decel (set by Accel/Decel
Time setting)
Acceleration S-
01-16 00 to 07 00
Curve
Deceleration S-
01-17 00 to 07 00
Curve
01-18 Accel Time 3 0.01 to 3600.0 sec 10.0
01-19 Decel Time 3 0.01 to 3600.0 sec 10.0
01-20 Accel Time 4 0.01 to 3600.0 sec 10.0

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 5-3


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series


Factory
Parameter Explanation Settings Customer
Setting
01-21 Decel Time 4 0.01 to 3600.0 sec 10.0
01-18 ~ 01-21: Factory setting for models of 30hp (22kW) and above is 60sec.
01-22 Jog Deceleration 0.1 to 3600.0 sec
1.0
Time
00: Unit: 1 sec
Accel/Decel Time
01-23 01: Unit: 0.1 sec 01
Unit
02: Unit: 0.01 sec

Group 2 Operation Method Parameters


Factory
Parameter Explanation Settings Customer
Setting
00: Digital keypad (PU01) UP/DOWN keys or
Multi-function Inputs UP/DOWN. Last
used frequency saved.
01: 0 to +10V from AVI
02: 4 to 20mA from ACI
Source of First 03: -10 to +10Vdc from AUI
02-00 Master Frequency 04: RS-485 serial communication (RJ-11). 00
Command Last used frequency saved.
05: RS-485 serial communication (RJ-11).
Last used frequency not saved.
06: Combined use of master and auxiliary
frequency command
(See Pr. 02-10 to 02-12)
00: Digital keypad (PU01)
01: External terminals. Keypad STOP/RESET
enabled.
02: External terminals. Keypad STOP/RESET
Source of First
02-01 disabled. 00
Operation Command
03: RS-485 serial communication (RJ-11).
Keypad STOP/RESET enabled.
04: RS-485 serial communication (RJ-11).
Keypad STOP/RESET disabled.
00: STOP: ramp to stop; E.F.: coast to stop
01: STOP: coast to stop; E.F.: coast to stop
02-02 Stop Method 00
02: STOP: ramp to stop; E.F.: ramp to stop
03: STOP: coast to stop; E.F.: ramp to stop
230V&460V:1-5hp/0.75-3.7kW: 1-15kHz 15
7.5-25hp/5.5-18.5kW: 01-15kHz 09
PWM Carrier 30-60hp/22-45kW: 01-09kHz 06
02-03 Frequency 75-100hp/55-75kW: 01-06kHz 06
Selections
575V: 1-15hp/0.75-11kW: 01-10 kHz 06
20-60hp/15-45kW: 01-08 kHz 06
75-100hp/55-75kW: 01-06kHz 06

5-4 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series


Factory
Parameter Explanation Settings Customer
Setting
00: Enable forward/reverse operation
Motor Direction
02-04 01: Disable reverse operation 00
Control
02: Disabled forward operation
2-wire/3-wire 00: 2-wire: FWD/STOP, REV/STOP
02-05 Operation Control 01: 2-wire: FWD/REV, RUN/STOP 00
Modes 02: 3-wire operation
00: Disable. Operation status is not changed
even if operation command source Pr.02-
01 and/or Pr.02-14 is changed.
01: Enable. Operation status is not changed
even if operation command source Pr.02-
01 and/or Pr.02-14 is changed.
02-06 Line Start Lockout 00
02: Disable. Operation status will change if
operation command source Pr.02-01
and/or Pr.02-14 is changed.
03: Enable. Operation status will change if
operation command source Pr.02-01
and/or Pr.02-14 is changed.
00: Decelerate to 0 Hz
Loss of ACI Signal 01: Coast to stop and display “EF”
02-07 00
(4-20mA) 02: Continue operation by last frequency
command
00: Based on accel/decel time
01: Constant speed
02-08 Up/Down Mode 00
02: Based on accel/decel time, but frequency
command will be 0 when stopped.
Accel/Decel Rate of
Change of
02-09 UP/DOWN 0.01~1.00 Hz/msec 0.01
Operation with
Constant Speed
00: Digital keypad (PU01) UP/DOWN keys or
Multi-function Inputs UP/DOWN. Last
used frequency saved.
Source of the Master
01: 0 to +10V from AVI
02-10 Frequency 00
02: 4 to 20mA from ACI
Command
03: -10 to +10Vdc from AUI
04: RS-485 serial communication (RJ-11).
Last used frequency saved.
00: Digital keypad (PU01) UP/DOWN keys or
Multi-function Inputs UP/DOWN. Last
used frequency saved.
Source of the
01: 0 to +10V from AVI
02-11 Auxiliary Frequency 00
02: 4 to 20mA from ACI
Command
03: -10 to +10Vdc from AUI
04: RS-485 serial communication (RJ-11).
Last used frequency saved.
Combination of the 00: Master frequency + auxiliary frequency
Master and Auxiliary
02-12 00
Frequency 01: Master frequency - auxiliary frequency
Command

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 5-5


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series


Factory
Parameter Explanation Settings Customer
Setting
00: Digital keypad (PU01) UP/DOWN keys or
Multi-function Inputs UP/DOWN. Last
used frequency saved.
01: 0 to +10V from AVI
02: 4 to 20mA from ACI
Source of Second 03: -10 to +10Vdc from AUI
02-13 Frequency 04: RS-485 serial communication (RJ-11). 00
Command Last used frequency saved
05: RS-485 serial communication (RJ-11).
Last used frequency not saved.
06: Combined use of master and auxiliary
frequency command (See Pr. 02-10 to 02-
12)
00: Digital keypad (PU01)
01: External terminals. Keypad STOP/RESET
enabled.
02: External terminals. Keypad STOP/RESET
Source of Second
02-14 disabled. 00
Operation Command
03: RS-485 serial communication (RJ-11).
Keypad STOP/RESET enabled.
04: RS-485 serial communication (RJ-11).
Keypad STOP/RESET disabled.
Keypad Frequency
02-15 0.00 ~ 400.00Hz 60.00
Command

Group 3 Output Function Parameters


Factory
Parameter Explanation Settings Customer
Setting
00: No function 08
Multi-Function 01: AC drive operational
03-00 Output Relay (RA1,
RB1, RC1) 02: Master frequency attained
03: Zero speed
04: Over torque detection 01
Multi-Function 05: Base-Block (B.B.) indication
03-01 Output Terminal
MO1 06: Low-voltage indication
07: Operation mode indication
08: Fault indication
Multi-Function 09: Desired frequency attained 1 02
03-02 Output Terminal 10: PLC program running
MO2
11: PLC program step completed
03-03 Multi-Function 12: PLC program completed 20
Output Terminal 13: PLC program operation paused
MO3
14: Terminal count value attained
15: Preliminary count value attained
16: Auxiliary motor No.1
17: Auxiliary motor No.2

5-6 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series


Factory
Parameter Explanation Settings Customer
Setting
18: Auxiliary motor No.3
19: Heat sink overheat warning
20: AC motor drive ready
21: Emergency stop indication
22: Desired frequency attained 2
23: Software brake signal
24: Zero speed output signal
25: Under-current detection
26: Operation indication (H>=Fmin)
27: Feedback signal error
28: User-defined low-voltage detection
29: Brake control (Desired frequency attained
3)
03-04 Desired Frequency 0.00 to 400.00 Hz 0.00
Attained 1
00: Analog frequency meter
01: Analog current meter
Analog Output 02: Output voltage
03-05 00
Signal 03: Output frequency command
04: Output motor speed
05: Load power factor (cos90o to Cos0o)
03-06 Analog Output Gain 01 to 200% 100
03-07 Digital Output 01 to 20 01
Multiplying Factor
03-08 Terminal Count 00 to 65500 00
Value
Preliminary Count
03-09 00 to 65500 00
Value
Desired Frequency
03-10 0.00 to 400.00 Hz 0.00
Attained 2
00: Preliminary count value attained, no EF
EF Active When
display
03-11 Preliminary Count 00
Value Attained 01: Preliminary count value attained, EF
active
00: Fan always ON
01: 1 minute after AC motor drive stops, fan
will be OFF
03-12 Fan Control 02: AC motor drive runs and fan ON, AC 00
motor drive stops and fan OFF
03: Fan ON to run when preliminary heatsink
temperature attained
Brake Release
03-13 0.00 to 400.00Hz 0.00
Frequency
Brake Engage
03-14 0.00 to 400.00Hz 0.00
Frequency

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 5-7


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series


Group 4 Input Function Parameters
Factory
Parameter Explanation Settings Customer
Setting
AVI Analog Input
04-00 0.00~200.00 % 0.00
Bias
00: Positive bias
04-01 AVI Bias Polarity 00
01: Negative bias
04-02 AVI Input Gain 1 to 200 % 100
AVI Negative Bias, 00: No AVI negative bias command
04-03 Reverse Motion 01: Negative bias: REV motion enabled 00
Enable/Disable 02: Negative bias: REV motion disabled
04-04 Multi-Function Input 00: No function 01
Terminal 1 (MI1) 01: Multi-Step speed command 1
02: Multi-Step speed command 2
04-05 Multi-Function Input 03: Multi-Step speed command 3
Terminal 2 (MI2)
04: Multi-Step speed command 4 02
05: External reset (N.O.)
06: Accel/Decel inhibit
07: Accel/Decel time selection command 1
08: Accel/Decel time selection command 2
04-06 Multi-Function Input 09: External base block (N.O.) 03
Terminal 3 (MI3) 10: External base block (N.C.)
11: Up: Increment master frequency
04-07 Multi-Function Input 12: Down: Decrement master frequency 04
Terminal 4 (MI4)
13: Counter reset
14: Run PLC program
15: Pause PLC program
04-08 Multi-Function Input 16: Auxiliary motor No.1 output disable 05
Terminal 5 (MI5) 17: Auxiliary motor No.2 output disable
18: Auxiliary motor No.3 output disable
19: Emergency stop (N.O.)
04-09 Multi-Function Input 20: Emergency stop (N.C.) 06
Terminal 6 (MI6) 21: Master frequency selection AVI/ACI
22: Master frequency selection AVI/AUI
23: Operation command selection
(keypad/external terminals)
24: Auto accel/decel mode disable
25: Forced stop (N.C.)
26: Forced stop (N.O.)
27: Parameter lock enable (N.O.)
28: PID function disabled
29: Jog FWD/REV command
30: External reset (N.C.)

5-8 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series


Factory
Parameter Explanation Settings Customer
Setting
31: Source of second frequency command
enabled
32: Source of second operation command
enabled
33: One shot PLC
34: Proximity sensor input for simple Index
function
35: Output shutoff stop (NO)
36: Output shutoff stop (NC)
Digital Terminal
04-10 Input Debouncing 1 to 20 (*2ms) 01
Time
ACI Analog Input
04-11 0.00~200.00 % 0.00
Bias
00: Positive bias
04-12 ACI Bias Polarity 00
01: Negative bias
04-13 ACI Input Gain 01 to 200 % 100

ACI Negative Bias, 00: No ACI negative bias command


04-14 Reverse Motion 01: Negative bias: REV motion enabled 00
Enable/Disable
02: Negative bias: REV motion disabled
AUI Analog Input
04-15 0.00~200.00 % 0.00
Bias
00: Positive bias
04-16 AUI Bias Polarity 00
01: Negative bias
04-17 AUI Input Gain 01 to 200 % 100
AUI Negative Bias 00: No AUI negative bias command
04-18 Reverse Motion 01: Negative bias: REV motion enabled 00
Enable/Disable 02: Negative bias: REV motion disabled
AVI Analog Input 0.00 to 10.00 sec 0.05
04-19
Delay
ACI Analog Input 0.00 to 10.00 sec 0.05
04-20
Delay
AUI Analog Input 0.00 to 10.00 sec 0.05
04-21
Delay
Analog Input 00: 0.01Hz
04-22 Frequency 01
Resolution 01: 0.1Hz
Gear Ratio for 4 ~ 1000 200
04-23 Simple Index
Function
Index Angle for 0.0 ~360.0o 180.0
04-24 Simple Index
Function
Deceleration Time 0.00 ~100.00 sec 0.00
04-25 for Simple Index
Function

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 5-9


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series


Group 5 Multi-Step Speed and PLC Parameters
Factory
Parameter Explanation Settings Customer
Setting
05-00 1st Step Speed 0.00 to 400.00 Hz 0.00
Frequency
05-01 2nd Step Speed 0.00 to 400.00 Hz 0.00
Frequency
05-02 3rd Step Speed 0.00 to 400.00 Hz 0.00
Frequency
05-03 4th Step Speed 0.00 to 400.00 Hz 0.00
Frequency
05-04 5th Step Speed 0.00 to 400.00 Hz 0.00
Frequency
05-05 6th Step Speed 0.00 to 400.00 Hz 0.00
Frequency
05-06 7th Step Speed 0.00 to 400.00 Hz 0.00
Frequency
05-07 8th Step Speed 0.00 to 400.00 Hz 0.00
Frequency
05-08 9th Step Speed 0.00 to 400.00 Hz 0.00
Frequency
05-09 10th Step Speed 0.00 to 400.00 Hz 0.00
Frequency
05-10 11th Step Speed 0.00 to 400.00 Hz 0.00
Frequency
05-11 12th Step Speed 0.00 to 400.00 Hz 0.00
Frequency
05-12 13th Step Speed 0.00 to 400.00 Hz 0.00
Frequency
05-13 14th Step Speed 0.00 to 400.00 Hz 0.00
Frequency
05-14 15th Step Speed 0.00 to 400.00 Hz 0.00
Frequency
00: Disable PLC operation
01: Execute one program cycle
02: Continuously execute program cycles
05-15 PLC Mode 00
03: Execute one program cycle step by step
04: Continuously execute program cycles
step by step
05-16 PLC Forward/
00 to 32767 (00: FWD, 01: REV) 00
Reverse Motion
05-17 Time Duration of 1st 00 to 65500 sec or 00 to 6550.0 sec 00
Step Speed
05-18 Time Duration of 2nd 00 to 65500 sec or 00 to 6550.0 sec 00
Step Speed
05-19 Time Duration of 3rd 00 to 65500 sec or 00 to 6550.0 sec 00
Step Speed
05-20 Time Duration of 4th 00 to 65500 sec or 00 to 6550.0 sec 00
Step Speed
05-21 Time Duration of 5th 00 to 65500 sec or 00 to 6550.0 sec 00
Step Speed

5-10 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series


Factory
Parameter Explanation Settings Customer
Setting
05-22 Time Duration of 6th 00 to 65500 sec or 00 to 6550.0 sec 00
Step Speed
05-23 Time Duration of 7th 00 to 65500 sec or 00 to 6550.0 sec 00
Step Speed
05-24 Time Duration of 8th 00 to 65500 sec or 00 to 6550.0 sec 00
Step Speed
05-25 Time Duration of 9th 00 to 65500 sec or 00 to 6550.0 sec 00
Step Speed
05-26 Time Duration of 00 to 65500 sec or 00 to 6550.0 sec 00
10th Step Speed
05-27 Time Duration of 00 to 65500 sec or 00 to 6550.0 sec 00
11th Step Speed
05-28 Time Duration of 00 to 65500 sec or 00 to 6550.0 sec 00
12th Step Speed
05-29 Time Duration of 00 to 65500 sec or 00 to 6550.0 sec 00
13th Step Speed
05-30 Time Duration of 00 to 65500 sec or 00 to 6550.0 sec 00
14th Step Speed
05-31 Time Duration of 00 to 65500 sec or 00 to 6550.0 sec 00
15th Step Speed
00: 1 sec
05-32 Time Unit Settings 00
01: 0.1 sec
The Amplitude of 0.00~400.00 Hz
05-33 0.00
Wobble Vibration
Wobble Skip
05-34 0.00~400.00 Hz 0.00
Frequency

Group 6 Protection Parameters


Factory
Parameter Explanation Settings Customer
Setting
230V series: 330.0V to 410.0V 390.0V
Over-Voltage Stall 460V series: 660.0V to 820.0V 780.0V
06-00
Prevention 575V series: 825.0V to1025.0V 975.0V
00: Disable over-voltage stall prevention
Over-Current Stall
06-01 Prevention during 20 to 250% 170
Accel
Over-Current Stall
06-02 Prevention during 20 to 250% 170
Operation
00: Disabled
01: Enabled during constant speed operation.
Over-Torque After the over-torque is detected, keep
06-03 Detection Mode running until OL1 or OL occurs. 00
(OL2) 02: Enabled during constant speed operation.
After the over-torque is detected, stop
running.

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 5-11


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series


Factory
Parameter Explanation Settings Customer
Setting
03: Enabled during accel. After the over-
Over-Torque torque is detected, keep running until OL1 or
06-03 Detection Mode OL occurs.
(OL2) 04: Enabled during accel. After the over-
torque is detected, stop running.
Over-Torque
06-04 10 to 200% 150
Detection Level
Over-Torque
06-05 0.1 to 60.0 sec 0.1
Detection Time
Electronic Thermal 00: Standard motor (self cooled by fan)
Overload Relay
06-06 01: Special motor (forced external cooling) 02
Selection
02: Disabled
Electronic Thermal
06-07 30 to 600 sec 60
Characteristic
00: No fault
01: Over current (oc)
Present Fault 02: Over voltage (ov)
06-08
Record 03: Over heat (oH)
04: Over load (oL)
05: Over load (oL1)
06: External fault (EF)
07: IGBT protection (occ)
06-09 Second Most Recent 08: CPU failure (cF3)
Fault Record 09: Hardware protection failure (HPF)
10: Excess current during acceleration (ocA)
11: Excess current during deceleration (ocd)
12: Excess current during steady state (ocn)
13: Ground fault (GFF)
00
14: Reserved
06-10 Third Most Recent 15: CF1
Fault Record 16: CF2
17: Reserved
18: Motor over-load (oL2)
19: Auto Acel/Decel failure (CFA)
20: SW/Password protection (codE)
06-11 Fourth Most Recent 21: External Emergency Stop (EF1)
Fault Record
22: Phase-Loss (PHL)
23: Preliminary count value attained, EF
active (cEF)
24: Under-current (Lc)
25: Analog feedback signal error (AnLEr)
26: PG feedback signal error (PGErr)

5-12 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series


Factory
Parameter Explanation Settings Customer
Setting
Under-Current 00~100% (00: Disabled)
06-12 00
Detection Level
Under-Current 0.1~ 3600.0 sec
06-13 10.0
Detection Time
00: Warn and keep operating
01: Warn and ramp to stop
Under-Current
06-14 00
Detection Mode 02: Warn and coast to stop
03: Warn, after coast to stop, restart (delay
06-15 setting time)
Under-Current 1~600 Min.
06-15 Detection Restart 10
Delay Time (Lv)
00: Disabled
User-Defined Low- 230V: 220 to 300VDC 00
06-16 Voltage Detection
Level 460V: 440 to 600VDC
575V: 520 to 780VDC
User-Defined Low-
06-17 Voltage Detection 0.1~ 3600.0 sec 0.5
Time
06-18 Reserved

Group 7 Motor Parameters


Factory
Parameter Explanation Settings Customer
Setting
07-00 Motor Rated Current 30 to 120% 100
Motor No-Load
07-01 01 to 90% 40
Current
Torque
07-02 0.0 to 10.0 0.0
Compensation
07-03 Slip Compensation 0.00 to 3.00 0.00
(Used without PG)
07-04 Number of Motor 02 to 10 04
Poles
00: Disable
Motor Parameters 01: Auto tuning R1
07-05 00
Auto Tuning 02: Auto tuning R1 + no-load test
Motor Line-to-line
07-06 00~65535 mΩ 00
Resistance R1
07-07 Reserved
07-08 Motor Rated Slip 0.00 to 20.00 Hz 3.00
Slip Compensation
07-09 0 to 250% 200
Limit
07-10 Reserved
07-11 Reserved

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 5-13


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series


Factory
Parameter Explanation Settings Customer
Setting
Torque
07-12 Compensation Time 0.01 ~10.00 Sec 0.05
Constant
Slip Compensation
07-13 0.05 ~10.00 sec 0.10
Time Constant
Accumulative Motor
07-14 Operation Time 00 to 1439 Min. 00
(Min.)
Accumulative Motor
07-15 Operation Time 00 to 65535 Day 00
(Day)

Group 8 Special Parameters


Factory
Parameter Explanation Settings Customer
Setting
DC Brake Current
08-00 00 to 100% 00
Level
DC Brake Time
08-01 0.0 to 60.0 sec 0.0
during Start-Up
DC Brake Time
08-02 0.0 to 60.0 sec 0.0
during Stopping
Start-Point for DC
08-03 0.00 to 400.00Hz 0.00
Brake
00: Operation stops after momentary power
loss
01: Operation continues after momentary
Momentary Power
power loss, speed search starts with the
08-04 Loss Operation 00
Master Frequency reference value
Selection
02: Operation continues after momentary
power loss, speed search starts with the
minimum frequency
Maximum Allowable
08-05 0.1 to 5.0 sec 2.0
Power Loss Time
B.B. Time for Speed
08-06 0.1 to 5.0 sec 0.5
Search
Current Limit for
08-07 30 to 200% 150
Speed Search
Skip Frequency 1
08-08 0.00 to 400.00 Hz 0.00
Upper Limit
Skip Frequency 1
08-09 0.00 to 400.00 Hz 0.00
Lower Limit
Skip Frequency 2
08-10 0.00 to 400.00 Hz 0.00
Upper Limit
Skip Frequency 2
08-11 0.00 to 400.00 Hz 0.00
Lower Limit
Skip Frequency 3
08-12 0.00 to 400.00 Hz 0.00
Upper Limit
Skip Frequency 3
08-13 0.00 to 400.00 Hz 0.00
Lower Limit

5-14 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series


Factory
Parameter Explanation Settings Customer
Setting
08-14 Auto Restart After 00 to 10 (00=disable) 00
Fault
00: Disable
08-15 Auto Energy Saving 00
01: Enable
00: AVR function enable
08-16 AVR Function 01: AVR function disable 00
02: AVR function disable for decel.
230V series: 370 to 430V 380
Software Brake
08-17 460V series: 740 to 860V 760
Level
575V series: 925 to1075V 950
00: Speed search starts with last frequency
Base-block Speed
08-18 command 00
Search
01: Starts with minimum output frequency
Speed Search 00: Speed search disable
08-19 00
during Start-up
01: Speed search enable
Speed Search 00: Setting frequency
08-20 Frequency during 01: Maximum operation frequency (01-00) 00
Start-up
Auto Reset Time at 00 to 60000 sec
08-21 600
Restart after Fault
Compensation 00~1000
08-22 Coefficient for Motor 00
Instability

Group 9 Communication Parameters


Factory
Parameter Explanation Settings Customer
Setting
Communication
09-00 01 to 254 01
Address
00: Baud rate 4800bps
01: Baud rate 9600bps
09-01 Transmission Speed 01
02: Baud rate 19200bps
03: Baud rate 38400bps
00: Warn and keep operating
Transmission Fault 01: Warn and ramp to stop
09-02 03
Treatment 02: Warn and coast to stop
03: No warning and keep operating
0.0 ~ 60.0 seconds
09-03 Time-out Detection 0.0
0.0: Disable
00: 7,N,2 (Modbus, ASCII)
01: 7,E,1 (Modbus, ASCII)
Communication 02: 7,O,1 (Modbus, ASCII)
09-04 00
Protocol 03: 8,N,2 (Modbus, RTU)
04: 8,E,1 (Modbus, RTU)
05: 8,O,1 (Modbus, RTU)

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 5-15


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series


Factory
Parameter Explanation Settings Customer
Setting
09-05 Reserved
09-06 Reserved
09-07 Response Delay 00 ~ 200 msec
Time 00

Group 10 PID Control Parameters


Factory
Parameter Explanation Settings Customer
Setting
00: Inhibit PID operation
01: Negative PID feedback from external
terminal (AVI) 0 to +10V
Input terminal for 02: Negative PID feedback from external
10-00 terminal (ACI) 4 to 20mA 00
PID Feedback
03: Positive PID feedback from external
terminal (AVI) 0 to +10V
04: Positive PID feedback from external
terminal (ACI) 4 to 20mA
Gain over PID
10-01 0.00 to 10.00 1.00
Detection value
10-02 Proportional Gain (P) 0.0 to 10.0 1.0
0.00 to 100.00 sec (0.00=disable)
10-03 Integral Gain (I) 1.00
Derivative Control 0.00 to 1.00 sec
10-04 0.00
(D)
Upper Bound for
10-05 00 to 100% 100
Integral Control
Primary Delay Filter
10-06 0.0 to 2.5 sec 0.0
Time
PID Output Freq
10-07 0 to 110% 100
Limit
Feedback Signal
10-08 0.0 to 3600.0 sec 60.0
Detection Time
00: Warn and keep operation
Treatment of the
10-09 Erroneous Feedback 01: Warn and RAMP to stop 00
Signals 02: Warn and COAST to stop

10-10 PG Pulse Range 1 to 40000 600


00: Disable PG
01: Single phase
10-11 PG Input 00
02: Forward / Counterclockwise rotation
03: Reverse / Clockwise rotation
ASR (Auto Speed
10-12 Regulation) control 0.0 to 10.0 1.0
(with PG only) (P)

5-16 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series


Factory
Parameter Explanation Settings Customer
Setting
ASR (Auto Speed
10-13 Regulation) control 0.00 to 100.00 (0.00 disable) 1.00
(with PG only) (I)
Speed Control
10-14 Output Frequency 0.00 to 100.00 Hz 10.00
Limit
Sample time for
refreshing the
10-15 0.01~1.00 seconds 0.10
content of 210DH
and 210EH
Deviation Range of
10-16 PID Feedback Signal 0.00~100.00% 100.00
Error

Group 11 Fan & Pump Control Parameters


Factory
Parameter Explanation Settings Customer
Setting
00: V/f curve determined by Pr.01-00 to
Pr.01-06
01: 1.5 power curve
11-00 V/f Curve Selection 00
02: 1.7 power curve
03: Square curve
04: Cube curve
Start-Up Frequency
11-01 of the Auxiliary 0.00 to 400.00 Hz 0.00
Motor
Stop Frequency of
11-02 0.00 to 400.00 Hz 0.00
the Auxiliary Motor

Time Delay before


11-03 Starting the Auxiliary 0.0 to 3600.0 sec 0.0
Motor
Time Delay before
11-04 Stopping the 0.0 to 3600.0 sec 0.0
Auxiliary Motor
Sleep/Wake Up
11-05 0.0 ~6550.0 sec 0.0
Detection Time

11-06 Sleep Frequency 0.00~Fmax 0.00

11-07 Wakeup Frequency 0.00~Fmax 0.00

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 5-17


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series

5.2 Parameter Settings for Applications

„ Speed Search
Related
Applications Purpose Functions
Parameters
Windmill, winding Restart free- Before the free-running motor is 08-06
machine, fan and all running motor completely stopped, it can be restarted 08-07
inertia load without detecting motor speed. The AC
08-19
motor drive will auto search motor
speed and will accelerate when its 08-20
speed is the same as the motor speed.

„ DC Brake before Running


Related
Applications Purpose Functions
Parameters
When e.g. windmills, Keep the free- If the running direction of the free- 08-00
fans and pumps rotate running motor at running motor is not steady, please 08-01
freely by wind or flow standstill. execute DC brake before start-up.
without applying power

„ Motor power switch-over between AC motor drive and commercial power


Related
Applications Purpose Functions
Parameters
Windmills, pumps, Switching motor When switching motor power between 03-00
extruders power between AC the AC motor drive and commercial 03-01
motor drive and power, it is unnecessary to stop the
03-02
commercial power motor or start by commercial power
with heavy duty before switching to by 03-03
AC motor drive control

„ Energy Saving
Related
Applications Purpose Functions
Parameters
Punching machines Energy saving and Energy saving when the AC motor 08-15
and precision less vibrations drive runs at constant speed, yet full
machinery power acceleration and deceleration
For precision machinery it also helps
to lower vibrations.

„ Multi-step Operation
Related
Applications Purpose Functions
Parameters
Cyclic operation by To control 15-step speeds and duration 04-04~04-09
Conveying machinery
multi-step speeds. by simple contact signal. 05-00~05-14

5-18 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series

„ Switching acceleration and deceleration times


Related
Applications Purpose Functions
Parameters
Switching the multi-step 01-09~01-12
Switching acceleration/deceleration by external 01-18~01-21
Auto turntable for acceleration and signals. When an AC motor drive
04-04~04-09
conveying machinery deceleration times drives two or more motors, it can reach
by external signal high-speed but still start and stop
smoothly.

„ Overheat Warning
Related
Applications Purpose Functions
Parameters
When the AC motor drive overheats, it 03-00~03-03
Air conditioner Safety measure uses a thermal sensor to generate a 04-04~04-09
overheat warning.

„ Two-wire/three-wire
Related
Applications Purpose Functions
Parameters

FWD/STOP FWD:("OPEN":STOP) 02-05


("CLOSE":FWD)
04-04~04-09
REV/STOP REV:("OPEN": STOP)
("CLOSE": REV)
DCM VFD-B

RUN/STOP FWD:("OPEN":STOP)
To run, stop, ("CLOSE":RUN)
forward and REV:("OPEN": F WD)
General application FWD/REV
reverse by external ("CLOSE": REV)
DCM VFD-B
terminals

STOP RUN
FWD:("CLOSE":RUN)
EF: ("OPEN":STOP)
REV:("OPEN": F WD)
REV/FWD ("CLOSE": REV)
DCM VFD-B

„ Operation Command
Related
Applications Purpose Functions
Parameters
Selecting the Selection of AC motor drive control by 03-01
General application source of control external terminals, digital keypad or 04-04~04-09
signal RS485.

„ Frequency Hold
Related
Applications Purpose Functions
Parameters
Acceleration/ Hold output frequency during 04-04~04-09
General application
deceleration pause Acceleration/deceleration

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 5-19


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series

„ Auto Restart after Fault


Related
Applications Purpose Functions
Parameters
For continuous and 08-14~08-21
The AC motor drive can be
Air conditioners, reliable operation
restarted/reset automatically up to 10
remote pumps without operator
times after a fault occurs.
intervention

„ Emergency Stop by DC Brake


Related
Applications Purpose Functions
Parameters
AC motor drive can use DC brake for 08-00
Emergency stop emergency stop when a quick stop is 08-02
High-speed rotors without brake needed without brake resistor. When
08-03
resistor used often, take motor cooling into
consideration.

„ Over-torque Setting
Related
Applications Purpose Functions
Parameters
The over-torque detection level can be 06-00~06-05
set. Once OC stall, OV stall and over-
To protect
torque occurs, the output frequency
Pumps, fans and machines and to
will be adjusted automatically. It is
extruders have continuous/
suitable for machines like fans and
reliable operation
pumps that require continuous
operation.

„ Upper/Lower Limit Frequency


Related
Applications Purpose Functions
Parameters
When user cannot provide 01-07
Control the motor
upper/lower limit, gain or bias from 01-08
Pump and fan speed within
external signal, it can be set
upper/lower limit
individually in AC motor drive.

„ Skip Frequency Setting


Related
Applications Purpose Functions
Parameters
The AC motor drive cannot run at 08-00~08-13
constant speed in the skip frequency
To prevent
Pumps and fans range. Three skip frequency ranges
machine vibrations
can be set. It is used to smooth
vibration at certain frequencies.

5-20 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series

„ Carrier Frequency Setting


Related
Applications Purpose Functions
Parameters
The carrier frequency can be 02-03
General application Low noise increased when required to reduce
motor noise.

„ Keep Running when Frequency Command is Lost


Related
Applications Purpose Functions
Parameters
When the frequency command is lost 02-07
For continuous by a system malfunction, the AC
Air conditioners
operation motor drive can still run. Suitable for
intelligent air conditioners.

„ Display the Speed of Load


Related
Applications Purpose Functions
Parameters
Display running Display motor speed(rpm) and 00-04
General application
status machine speed(rpm) on keypad. 03-05

„ Output Signal during Running


Related
Applications Purpose Functions
Parameters
Signal available to stop braking when 03-00~03-03
Provide a signal for the AC motor drive is running. (This
General application
running status signal will disappear when the AC
motor drive is free-running.)

„ Output Signal in Zero Speed


Related
Applications Purpose Functions
Parameters
When the output frequency is lower 03-00~03-03
Provide a signal for than the min. output frequency, a
General application
running status signal is given for external system or
control wiring.

„ Output Signal at Desired Frequency


Related
Applications Purpose Functions
Parameters
When the output frequency is at the 03-00~03-03
Provide a signal for desired frequency (by frequency
General application
running status command), a signal is sent by an
external system or control wiring.

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 5-21


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series

„ Output Signal for Base Block


Related
Applications Purpose Functions
Parameters
When executing Base Block, a signal 03-00~03-03
Provide a signal for
General application is sent by an external system or
running status
control wiring.

„ Overheat Warning for Heat Sink


Related
Applications Purpose Functions
Parameters
When heat sink is overheated, it will 03-00~03-03
General application For safety send a signal by an external system or
control wiring.

„ Multi-function Analog Output


Related
Applications Purpose Functions
Parameters
The value of frequency, output 03-05
Display running current/voltage can be read by
General application
status adding a frequency meter or
voltage/current meter.

5-22 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series

5.3 Description of Parameter Settings

Group 0: User Parameters : This parameter can be set during operation.

00 - 00 Identity Code of the AC motor drive


Settings Read Only Factory setting: ##
00 - 01 Rated Current Display of the AC motor drive
Settings Read Only Factory setting: #.#

Pr. 00-00 displays the identity code of the AC motor drive. The capacity, rated current, rated
voltage and the max. carrier frequency relate to the identity code. Users can use the following
table to check how the rated current, rated voltage and max. carrier frequency of the AC motor
drive correspond to the identity code.
Pr.00-01 displays the rated current of the AC motor drive. By reading this parameter the user
can check if the AC motor drive is correct.

230V Series
kW 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37
HP 1.0 2.0 3.0 5.0 7.5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50
Pr.00-00 04 06 08 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26
Rated Output
5.0 7.0 11 17 25 33 49 65 75 90 120 146
Current (A)
Max. Carrier
15kHz 9 kHz
Frequency

460V Series
kW 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75
HP 1.0 2.0 3.0 5.0 7.5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100
Pr.00-00 05 07 09 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33
Rated Output
2.7 4.2 5.5 8.5 13 18 24 32 38 45 60 73 91 110 150
Current (A)
Max. Carrier
15 kHz 9 kHz 6 kHz
Frequency

575V Series
kW 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75
HP 1.0 2.0 3.0 5.0 7.5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100
Pr.00-00 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114
Rated Output
1.7 3.5 4.5 7.5 10 13.5 19 22 27 34 41 52 62 80 100
Current (A)
Max. Carrier
10 kHz 8 kHz 6 kHz
Frequency

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 5-23


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series


00 - 02 Parameter Reset
Factory Setting: 00
Settings 08 Keypad Lock
09 All parameters are reset to factory settings (50Hz, 220V/380V/575V)
10 All parameters are reset to factory settings (60Hz, 220V/440V/575V)

This parameter allows the user to reset all parameters to the factory settings except the fault
records (Pr.06-08 ~ Pr.06-11).

50Hz: Pr.01-01 is set to 50Hz and Pr.01-02 is set to 230V, 400V or 575V.

60Hz: Pr.01-01 is set to 60Hz and Pr.01-02 is set to 230V, 460V or 575V.

When Pr.00-02=08, the VFD-PU01 keypad is locked. To unlock the keypad, set Pr.00-02=00.

00 - 03 Start-up Display Selection

Factory Setting: 00
Settings 00 Display the frequency command value. (LED F)
01 Display the actual output frequency (LED H)
02 Display the content of user-defined unit (LED U)
03 Multifunction display, see Pr.00-04
04 FWD/REV command

This parameter determines the start-up display page after power is applied to the drive.

00 - 04 Content of Multi-Function Display

Factory Setting: 00

Settings 00 Display the output current in A supplied to the motor

Display the counter value which counts the number


01
of pulses on TRG terminal
When the PLC function is active, the current step and
02
its remaining operation time in s are shown.
Display the actual DC BUS voltage in VDC of the AC
03
motor drive
Display the output voltage in VAC of terminals U, V, W
04
to the motor.
Display the power factor angle in º of terminals U, V, W
05
to the motor.
Display the output power in kW of terminals U, V and W
06
to the motor.

5-24 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series


00 - 04 Content of Multi-Function Display
Display the actual motor speed in rpm (enabled in
07 vector control mode or PG (Encoder) feedback control)
(LED H and LED U).
Display the estimated value of torque in Nm as it relates
08
to current.
Display PG encoder feedback pulses/10ms.
09
Display value= (rpm*PPR)/6000 (see note)

10 Display analog feedback signal value in %.

Display the signal of AVI analog input terminal in %.


11
Range 0~10V corresponds to 0~100%. (LED U)
Display the signal of ACI analog input terminal in %.
12
Range 4~20mA corresponds to 0~100%. (LED U)
Display the signal of AUI analog input terminal in %.
13
Range -10V~10V corresponds to 0~100%. (LED U)

14 Display the temperature of heat sink in °C.

This parameter sets the display when Pr. 00-03 is set to 03.

Pr.00-04=09. The display value is (((rpm/60)*PPR)/1000ms)*10ms


with rpm=motor speed in revs/min and PPR=encoder pulse per revolution
When the display shows the multi-function display (Pr.00-03=03), the user also can view other
information by pressing the “LEFT” key on the VFD-PU01 keypad.

00 - 05 User Defined Coefficient K Unit: 0.01


Settings 0.01 to d 160.00 Factory Setting: 1.00

The coefficient K determines the multiplying factor for the user-defined unit.
The display value is calculated as follows:
U (User-defined unit) = Frequency Command * K (Pr.00-05)
H (actual output) = Actual output frequency * K (Pr.00-05)
Example:

A conveyor belt runs at 13.6m/s at motor speed 60Hz.


K = 13.6/60 = 0.23 (0.226667 rounded to 2 decimals), therefore Pr.00-05=0.23
With Frequency command 35Hz, display shows LED U and 35*0.23=8.05m/s.

(To increase accuracy, use K=2.27 or K=22.67 and disregard decimal point.)

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 5-25


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series

00 - 06 Software Version
Settings Read Only
Display #.##

00 - 07 Password Input Unit: 1


Settings 00 to 65535 Factory Setting: 00
Display 00~02 (times of wrong password)

The function of this parameter is to input the password that is set in Pr.00-08. Input the correct

password here to enable changing parameters. You are limited to a maximum of 3 attempts.
After 3 consecutive failed attempts, a blinking “PcodE” will show up to force the user to restart
the AC motor drive in order to try again to input the correct password.

00 - 08 Password Set Unit: 1

Settings 00 to 65535 Factory Setting: 00


Display 00 No password set or successful input in Pr. 00-07
01 Password has been set

To set a password to protect your parameter settings.


If the display shows 00, no password is set or password has been correctly entered in Pr.00-
07. All parameters can then be changed, including Pr.00-08.
The first time you can set a password directly. After successful setting of password the display

will show 01.


Be sure to record the password for later use.
To cancel the parameter lock, set the parameter to 00 after inputting correct password into Pr.

00-07.
The password consists of min. 2 digits and max. 5 digits.
How to make the password valid again after decoding by Pr.00-07:
Method 1: Re-input original password into Pr.00-08 (Or you can enter a new password if you
want to use a changed or new one).
Method 2: After rebooting, password function will be recovered.

5-26 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series


Password Decode Flow Chart
00-08 00-07

Displays 00 when
entering correct Correct Password Incorrect Password
password into END END
Pr.00-07.

00-08 00-07

Displays 00 when 3 chances to enter the correct


entering correct password.
password into 1st time displays "01" if
Pr.00-07. password is incorrect.
2nd time displays "02", if
password is incorrect.
3rd time displays "P code"
(blinking)

If the password was entered


incorrectly after three tries,
the keypad will be locked.
Turn the power OFF/ON to
re-enter the password.

00 - 09 Control method
Factory Setting: 00
Settings 00 V/f control
01 V/f + PG Control
02 Vector Control
03 Vector + PG Control

This parameter determines the control method of the AC motor drive.


PG is encoder (Pulse Generator) feedback for which an option PG card is required.

00 - 10 Reserved

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 5-27


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series

Group 1: Basic Parameters

01 - 00 Maximum Output Frequency (Fmax) Unit: 0.01


Settings 50.00 to 400.00 Hz Factory Setting: 60.00

This parameter determines the AC motor drive’s Maximum Output Frequency. All the AC

motor drive frequency command sources (analog inputs 0 to +10V, 4 to 20mA and -10V to
+10V) are scaled to correspond to the output frequency range.

01 - 01 Maximum Voltage Frequency (Fbase) Unit: 0.01


Settings 0.10 to 400.00Hz Factory Setting: 60.00

This value should be set according to the rated frequency of the motor as indicated on the
motor nameplate. Maximum Voltage Frequency determines the v/f curve ratio. For example, if

the drive is rated for 460 VAC output and the Maximum Voltage Frequency is set to 60Hz, the
drive will maintain a constant ratio of 7.66 V/Hz (460V/60Hz=7.66V/Hz). This parameter value
must be equal to or greater than the Mid-Point Frequency (Pr.01-03).

01 - 02 Maximum Output Voltage (Vmax) Unit: 0.1


Settings 230V series 0.1 to 255.0V Factory Setting: 220.0
460V series 0.1 to 510.0V Factory Setting: 440.0
575V series 0.1 to 637.0V Factory Setting: 575.0

This parameter determines the Maximum Output Voltage of the AC motor drive. The Maximum
Output Voltage setting must be smaller than or equal to the rated voltage of the motor as
indicated on the motor nameplate. This parameter value must be equal to or greater than the
Mid-Point Voltage (Pr.01-04).

01 - 03 Mid-Point Frequency (Fmid) Unit: 0.01


Settings 0.10 to 400.00Hz Factory Setting: 0.50

This parameter sets the Mid-Point Frequency of the V/f curve. With this setting, the V/f ratio
between Minimum Frequency and Mid-Point frequency can be determined. This parameter
must be equal to or greater than Minimum Output Frequency (Pr.01-05) and equal to or less

than Maximum Voltage Frequency (Pr.01-01).

5-28 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series

01 - 04 Mid-Point Voltage (Vmid) Unit: 0.1


Settings 230V series 0.1 to 255.0V Factory Setting: 1.7
460V series 0.1 to 510.0V Factory Setting: 3.4
575V series 0.1 to 637.0V Factory Setting: 4.8

This parameter sets the Mid-Point Voltage of any V/f curve. With this setting, the V/f ratio

between Minimum Frequency and Mid-Point Frequency can be determined. This parameter
must be equal to or greater than Minimum Output Voltage (Pr.01-06) and equal to or less than
Maximum Output Voltage (Pr.01-02).

This parameter is ineffective when Pr.11-00 is set to 1 to 4.

01 - 05 Minimum Output Frequency (Fmin) Unit: 0.01


Settings 0.10 to 400.00Hz Factory Setting: 0.50

This parameter sets the Minimum Output Frequency of the AC motor drive. This parameter
must be equal to or less than Mid-Point Frequency (Pr.01-03).

The settings of 01-03, 01-04, and 01-06 are invalid in Vector Control mode.

01 - 06 Minimum Output Voltage (Vmin) Unit: 0.1


Settings 230V series 0.1 to 255.0V Factory Setting: 1.7
460V series 0.1 to 510.0V Factory Setting: 3.4
575V series 0.1 to 637.0V Factory Setting: 4.8

This parameter sets the Minimum Output Voltage of the AC motor drive. This parameter must
be equal to or less than Mid-Point Voltage (Pr.01-04).
The settings of Pr.01-01 to Pr.01-06 have to meet the condition of Pr.01-02 ≥ Pr.01-04 ≥ Pr.01-
06 and Pr.01-01 ≥ Pr.01-03 ≥ Pr.01-05.

01 - 07 Output Frequency Upper Limit Unit: 1


Settings 1 to 120% Factory Setting: 100

This parameter must be equal to or greater than the Output Frequency Lower Limit (Pr.01-08).
The Maximum Output Frequency (Pr.01-00) is regarded as 100%.
Output Frequency Upper Limit value = (Pr.01-00 * Pr.01-07)/100.

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 5-29


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series


1-08 1-07
Output Frequency Output Frequency
Voltage Lower Limit Upper Limit

1-02
Maximum
Output
Voltage

1-04
Mid-point
Voltage
The limit of
Output
Frequency
1-06 Frequency
Minimum
Output
1-05 1-03 1-01 1-00
Mid-point Maximum Voltage Maximum
Voltage Minimum Frequency Output
Output Freq.
Freq. (Base Frequency) Frequency

V/f Curve

01 - 08 Output Frequency Lower Limit Unit: 1


Settings 0 to 100% Factory Setting: 0

The Upper/Lower Limits are to prevent operation errors and machine damage.
If the Output Frequency Upper Limit is 50Hz and the Maximum Output Frequency is 60Hz, the
Output Frequency will be limited to 50Hz.
If the Output Frequency Lower Limit is 10Hz, and the Minimum Output Frequency (Pr.01-05) is
set to 1.0Hz, then any Command Frequency between 1.0-10Hz will generate a 10Hz output
from the drive.

This parameter must be equal to or less than the Output Frequency Upper Limit (Pr.01-07).
The Output Frequency Lower Limit value = (Pr.01-00 * Pr.01-08) /100.

01 - 09 Acceleration Time 1 (Taccel 1) Unit: 0.1/0.01


01 - 10 Deceleration Time 1 (Tdecel 1) Unit: 0.1/0.01
01 - 11 Acceleration Time 2 (Taccel 2) Unit: 0.1/0.01
01 - 12 Deceleration Time 2 (Tdecel 2) Unit: 0.1/0.01
01 - 18 Acceleration Time 3 (Taccel 3) Unit: 0.1/0.01
01 - 19 Deceleration Time 3 (Tdecel 3) Unit: 0.1/0.01
01 - 20 Acceleration Time 4 (Taccel 4) Unit: 0.1/0.01
01 - 21 Deceleration Time 4 (Tdecel 4) Unit: 0.1/0.01
Settings 0.01 to 3600.0 sec Factory Setting: 10.0

Factory setting for models of 30hp (22kW) and above is 60sec.

5-30 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series


01 - 23 Accel/Decel Time Unit
Factory Setting: 01
Settings 00 Unit: 1 sec
01 Unit: 0.1 sec
02 Unit: 0.01 sec

The Acceleration Time is used to determine the time required for the AC motor drive to ramp
from 0 Hz to Maximum Output Frequency (Pr.01-00). The rate is linear unless S-Curve is

“Enabled”, see Pr.01-16.


The Deceleration Time is used to determine the time required for the AC motor drive to
decelerate from the Maximum Output Frequency (Pr.01-00) down to 0 Hz. The rate is linear

unless S-Curve is “Enabled.”, see Pr.01-17.


The Acceleration/Deceleration Time 1, 2, 3, 4 are selected according to the Multi-Function
Input Terminals Settings. See Pr.04-04 to Pr.04-09 for more details.

In the diagram shown below, the Acceleration/Deceleration Time of the AC motor drive is the
time between 0 Hz to Maximum Output Frequency (Pr.01-00). Suppose the Maximum Output
Frequency is 60 Hz, Minimum Output Frequency (Pr.01-05) is 1.0 Hz, and
Acceleration/Deceleration Time is 10 seconds. The actual time for the AC motor drive to
accelerate from start-up to 60 Hz and to decelerate from 60Hz to 1.0Hz is in this case 9.83
seconds. ((60-1) * 10 /60=9.83secs).
Frequency
01-00
Max. output
Frequency

setting
operation
frequency

01-05
Min. output
frequency
0 Hz
Accel. Time Decel. Time Time
01-09 01-11 01-10 01-12
01-18 01-20 The definition of 01-19 01-21
Accel./Decel. Time
Resulting Resulting
Accel. Time Decel. Time
Resulting Accel./Decel. Time

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 5-31


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series


01 - 13 Jog Acceleration Time Unit: 0.1
Settings 0.1 to 3600.0 sec Factory Setting: 1.0
01 - 22 Jog Deceleration Time Unit: 0.1
Settings 0.1 to 3600.0 sec Factory Setting: 1.0
01 - 14 Jog Frequency Unit: 0.1
Settings 0.10 to 400.00Hz Factory Setting: 1.0

Both external terminal JOG and key “JOG” on the keypad can be used. When the Jog
command is “ON”, the AC motor drive will accelerate from Minimum Output Frequency (Pr.01-
05) to Jog Frequency (Pr.01-14). When the Jog command is “OFF”, the AC motor drive will
decelerate from Jog Frequency to zero. The used Accel/Decel time is set by the Jog
Accel/Decel time (Pr.01-13, Pr.01-22).
Before using the JOG command, the drive must be stopped first. And during Jog operation,

other operation commands cannot be accepted, except command via the FORWARD,
REVERSE and STOP keys on the digital keypad.
Frequency
01-14
JOG
Frequency

01-05
Min. output
frequency
0 Hz Time
JOG Accel. Time JOG Decel. Time

01-13 01-22
The definition of JOG Accel./Decel. Time

01 -15 Auto-Acceleration / Deceleration


Factory Setting: 00
Settings 00 Linear acceleration / deceleration
01 Auto acceleration, linear Deceleration.
02 Linear acceleration, auto Deceleration.
03 Auto acceleration / deceleration (set by load)
04 Auto acceleration / deceleration (set by Accel/Decel Time setting)

5-32 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series

With Auto acceleration / deceleration it is possible to reduce vibration and shocks during
starting/stopping the load.
During Auto acceleration the torque is automatically measured and the drive will accelerate to
the set frequency with the fastest acceleration time and the smoothest start current.
During Auto deceleration, regenerative energy is measured and the motor is smoothly stopped
with the fastest deceleration time.

But when this parameter is set to 04, the actual accel/decel time will be equal to or more than
parameter Pr.01-09 ~Pr.01-12 and Pr.01-18 to Pr.01-21.
Auto acceleration/deceleration makes the complicated processes of tuning unnecessary. It
makes operation efficient and saves energy by acceleration without stall and deceleration
without brake resistor.
In applications with brake resistor or brake unit, Auto deceleration shall not be used.

01 - 16 Acceleration S-Curve
01 - 17 Deceleration S-Curve
Factory Setting: 00
Settings 00 S-curve disabled
01 to 07 S-curve enabled (07 is smoothest)

This parameter is used to ensure smooth acceleration and deceleration via S-curve.
The S-curve is disabled when set to 00 and enabled when set to 01 to 07.
Setting 01 gives the quickest and setting 07 the longest and smoothest S-curve.
The AC motor drive will not follow the Accel/Decel Times in Pr.01-09 to Pr.01-12 and Pr.01-18
to Pr.01-21 when S-curve is enabled.
The diagram below shows that the original setting of the Accel/Decel Time is only for reference

when the S-curve is enabled. The actual Accel/Decel Time depends on the selected S-curve
(01 to 07).

1 2

3
4

1 2
3
4
1 2 3 4
Disable S curve Enable S curve
Acceleration/deceleration Characteristics

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 5-33


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series

Group 2: Operation Method Parameters

02 - 00 Source of First Master Frequency Command


Factory Setting: 00
Settings 00 Digital keypad (PU01) UP/DOWN keys or Multi-function Inputs
UP/DOWN. Last used frequency saved.
01 AVI 0 ~ +10VDC
02 ACI 4 ~ 20mA
03 AUI -10 ~ +10VDC
04 RS-485 serial communication (RJ-11). Last used frequency saved.
05 RS-485 serial communication (RJ-11). Last used frequency not
saved.
06 Combined use of master and auxiliary frequency command
See Pr. 02-10 to 02-12
02 - 13 Source of Second Master Frequency Command
Factory Setting: 00
Settings 00 Digital keypad UP/DOWN keys or Multi-function Inputs UP/DOWN.
Last used frequency saved.
01 AVI 0 ~ +10VDC
02 ACI 4 ~ 20mA
03 AUI -10 ~ +10VDC
04 RS-485 serial communication (RJ-11). Last used frequency saved.
05 RS-485 serial communication (RJ-11). Last used frequency not
saved.
06 Combined use of master and auxiliary frequency command
See Pr. 02-10 to 02-12

These parameters set the Master Frequency Command Source of the AC motor drive.

02 - 01 Source of First Operation Command


Factory Setting: 00
Settings 00 Digital keypad (PU01)
01 External terminals. Keypad STOP/RESET enabled.
02 External terminals. Keypad STOP/RESET disabled.
03 RS-485 serial communication (RJ-11). Keypad STOP/RESET
enabled.
04 RS-485 serial communication (RJ-11). Keypad STOP/RESET
disabled.

5-34 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series


02 - 14 Source of Second Operation Command
Factory Setting: 00
Settings 00 Digital keypad (PU01)
01 External terminals. Keypad STOP/RESET enabled.
02 External terminals. Keypad STOP/RESET disabled.
03 RS-485 serial communication (RJ-11). Keypad STOP/RESET
enabled.
04 RS-485 serial communication (RJ-11). Keypad STOP/RESET
disabled.

When the AC motor drive is controlled by external terminal, please refer to Pr.02-05 for details.
The first /second frequency/operation command is enabled/disabled by Multi Function Input

Terminals. Please refer to of Pr.04-04 ~ 04-09.

02 - 10 Source of the Master Frequency Command


Factory Setting: 00
Settings 00 Digital keypad (PU01) UP/DOWN keys or Multi-function Inputs
UP/DOWN. Last used frequency saved.
01 AVI 0 ~ +10VDC
02 ACI 4 ~ 20mA
03 AUI -10 ~ +10VDC
04 RS-485 serial communication (RJ-11). Last used frequency saved.
02 - 11 Source of the Auxiliary Frequency Command
Factory Setting: 00
Settings 00 Digital keypad (PU01) UP/DOWN keys or Multi-function Inputs
UP/DOWN. Last used frequency saved.
01 AVI 0 ~ +10VDC
02 ACI 4 ~ 20mA
03 AUI -10 ~ +10VDC
04 RS-485 serial communication (RJ-11). Last used frequency saved.
Combination of the Master and Auxiliary Frequency
02 - 12
Command
Factory Setting: 00
Settings 00 Master frequency + Auxiliary frequency
01 Master frequency - Auxiliary frequency

These three parameters (Pr.02-10~02-12) are enabled when Pr.02-00 or Pr.02-13 are set to
06. If they are enabled, the frequency command will be determined by these parameters.

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 5-35


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series


02 - 02 Stop Method
Factory Setting: 00
Settings 00 STOP: ramp to stop E.F.: coast to stop
01 STOP: coast to stop E.F.: coast to stop
02 STOP: ramp to stop E.F.: ramp to stop
03 STOP: coast to stop E.F.: ramp to stop

The parameter determines how the motor is stopped when the AC motor drive receives a valid
stop command or detects External Fault.
1. Ramp: the AC motor drive decelerates to Minimum Output Frequency (Pr.01-05)
according to the deceleration time and then stops.
2. Coast: the AC motor drive stops the output instantly upon command, and the motor
free runs until it comes to a complete standstill.

3. The motor stop method is usually determined by the characteristics of the motor load and
how frequently it is stopped.
(1) It is recommended to use “ramp to stop” for safety of personnel or to prevent
material from being wasted in applications where the motor has to stop after the
drive is stopped. The deceleration time has to be set accordingly.
(2) If the motor free running is allowed or the load inertia is large, it is

recommended to select “coast to stop”.


For example: blowers, punching machines, centrifuges and pumps.

Frequency Frequency
output output
frequency frequency
motor motor
speed speed

Time Time

stops according to
operation decel eration time free run to stop
operation
command RUN STOP RUN
command STOP

ramp to stop and free run to stop

5-36 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series


Frequency
Frequency

frequency output
motor
speed
frequency
motor output
speed

stops according to
operation decel eration time operation free run to stop
command command

EF EF
When Pr.02-02 is set to 2 or 3 When Pr.02-02 is set to 0 or 1

02 - 03 PWM Carrier Frequency Selections Unit: 1

230V/460V Series
1-5hp 7.5-25hp 30-60hp 75-100hp
Power
0.75-3.7kW 5.5-18.5kW 22-45kW 55-75kW
Setting Range 01-15 kHz 01-15 kHz 01-09 kHz 01-06 kHz
Factory Setting 15 kHz 09 kHz 06 kHz 06 kHz

575V Series
1-15hp 20-60hp 75-100hp
Power
0.75-11kW 15-45kW 55-75kW
Setting Range 01-10 kHz 01-08 kHz 01-06 kHz
Factory Setting 06 kHz 06 kHz 06 kHz
This parameter determines the PWM carrier frequency of the AC motor drive.

Carrier Electromagnetic Heat Current


Acoustic
Frequency Noise or leakage Dissipation Wave
Noise
current
Significant Minimal Minimal Minimal
1kHz

8kHz

15kHz Minimal Significant Significant Significant

From the table, we see that the PWM carrier frequency has a significant influence on the

electromagnetic noise, AC motor drive heat dissipation, and motor acoustic noise.

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 5-37


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series


02 - 04 Motor Direction Control
Factory Setting: 00
Settings 00 Enable Forward/Reverse operation
01 Disable Reverse operation
02 Disabled Forward operation

The parameter determines the AC motor drive direction of rotation. See Chapter 2 for definition
of direction of rotation.

02 - 05 2-wire/ 3-wire Operation Control Modes


Factory Setting: 00
Settings 00 2-wire: FWD/STOP, REV/STOP
01 2-wire: FWD/REV, RUN/STOP
02 3-wire Operation

There are three different types of control modes:

02-05 External Terminal

FWD/STOP FWD:("OPEN":STOP)
2-wire ("CLOSE":FWD)
00 FWD /STOP
REV/STOP REV:("OPEN": STOP)
REV / STOP ("CLOSE": REV)
DCM VFD-B

RUN/STOP FWD:("OPEN":STOP)
2-wire ("CLOSE":RUN)
01 FWD/ REV
FWD/REV REV:("OPEN": F WD)
RUN / STOP ("CLOSE": REV)
DCM VFD-B

STOP RUN
FWD:("CLOSE":RUN)
EF: ("OPEN":STOP)
02 3-wire
REV:("OPEN": F WD)
REV/FWD ("CLOSE": REV)
DCM VFD-B

5-38 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series


02- 06 Line Start Lockout
Factory Setting: 00
Settings 00 Disable. Operation status is not changed even if operation
command source Pr.02-01 and/or Pr.02-14 is changed.
01 Enable. Operation status is not changed even if operation command
source Pr.02-01 and/or Pr.02-14 is changed.
02 Disable. Operation status will change if operation command source
Pr.02-01 and/or Pr.02-14 is changed.
03 Enable. Operation status will change if operation command source
Pr.02-01 and/or Pr.02-14 is changed.

This parameter determines the response of the drive when power is on and the operation

command source is changed.

Operation status when operation


Pr.02-06 Start lockout (Run when power is ON)
command source is changed

0 Disable (AC motor drive will run) Keep previous status

1 Enable (AC motor drive won’t run) Keep previous status

Change according to the new


2 Disable (AC motor drive will run)
operation command source

Change according to the new


3 Enable (AC motor drive won’t run)
operation command source

When the operation command source is from an external terminal and operation command is

ON (FWD/REV-DCM=close), the AC motor drive will operate according to Pr.02-06 after


power is applied. <For terminals FWD and REV only>
1. When Pr.02-06 is set to 0 or 2, AC motor drive will run immediately.

2. When Pr.02-06 is set to 1 or 3, AC motor drive will remain stopped until operation
command is received after previous operation command is cancelled.

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 5-39


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series


FWD-DCM (close) ON OFF

Pr.02-01=0 RUN RUN


STOP STOP

output frequency
Pr.02-06=2 or 3
This action will follow FWD/DCM
or REV/DCM status
Change operation (ON is close/OFF is open)
command source Pr.02-01=1 or 2

output frequency
Pr.02-06=0 or 1

When the operation command source isn’t from the external terminals, independently from
whether the AC motor drive runs or stops, the AC motor drive will operate according to Pr.02-

06 if the two conditions below are both met.


1. When operation command source is changed to external terminal (Pr.02-01=1 or 2, Pr.02-
14=1 or 2)

2. The status of terminal and AC motor drive is different.


And the operation of the AC motor drive will be:
1. When setting 0 or 1, the status of AC motor drive is not changed by the terminal status.

2. When setting 2 or 3, the status of AC motor drive is changed by the terminal status.
FWD-DCM (close) ON OFF ON

power is applied OFF ON

output frequency
Pr.02-06=0 or 2
it will run

output frequency
Pr.02-06=1 or 3

it won't run
when power is applied It needs to received a run command
after previous command is cancelled

The Line Start Lockout feature does not guarantee that the motor will never start under this
condition. It is possible the motor may be set in motion by a malfunctioning switch.

5-40 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series


02- 07 Loss of ACI Signal (4-20mA)
Factory Setting: 00
Settings 00 Decelerate to 0Hz
01 Coast to stop and display “EF”
02 Continue operation by the last frequency command

This parameter determines the behavior when ACI is lost.


When set to 00 or 02, it will display warning message “AnLEr” on the keypad in case of loss of

ACI signal and execute the setting. When ACI signal is recovered, the warning message
usually disappears automatically. If the warning message is still displayed, please press
“MODE” key to make it disappear.

02 - 08 Up/Down Mode
Factory Setting: 00
Settings 00 Based on Accel/Decel time acc. to Pr.01-09 to 01-12 and Pr.01-18
to 01-21
01 Constant speed (acc. to Pr. 02-09)
02 Based on Accel/Decel time acc. to Pr.01-09 to 01-12 and Pr.01-18
to 01-21, but frequency command will be 0 when stopped
Accel/Decel Rate of Change of UP/DOWN Operation with Unit: 0.01
02 - 09
Constant Speed
Settings 0.01~1.00 Hz/ms Factory Setting: 0.01

These parameters determine the increase/decrease of the master frequency when operated
via the Multi-Function Inputs when Pr.04-04~Pr.04-09 are set to 11 (Up command) or 12
(Down command).

02 - 15 Keypad Frequency Command Unit: 0.01


Settings 0.00 ~ 400.00Hz Factory Setting: 60.00

This parameter can be used to set frequency command or read keypad frequency command.

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 5-41


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series


Group 3: Output Function Parameters

03 - 00 Multi-function Output Relay (RA1, RB1, RC1)

Factory Setting: 08
03 - 01 Multi-function Output Terminal MO1
Factory Setting: 01
03 - 02 Multi-function Output Terminal MO2
Factory Setting: 02
03 - 03 Multi-function Output Terminal MO3
Factory Setting: 20

Settings Function Description


00 No Function
Active when there is an output from the drive or RUN
01 AC Drive Operational
command is “ON”.
Master Frequency Active when the AC motor drive reaches the output
02
Attained frequency setting.
Active when Command Frequency is lower than the
03 Zero Speed
Minimum Output Frequency.
Active as long as over-torque is detected. (Refer to Pr.06-03
04 Over-Torque Detection
~ Pr.06-05)
Active when the output of the AC motor drive is shut off
Baseblock (B.B.)
05 during baseblock. Base block can be forced by Multi-function
Indication
input (setting 9 or 10).
06 Low-Voltage Indication Active when low voltage(Lv) is detected.
Operation Mode Active when operation command is controlled by external
07
Indication terminal.
Active when faults occur (oc, ov, oH, oL, oL1, EF, cF3, HPF,
08 Fault Indication
ocA, ocd, ocn, GFF).
Desired Frequency
09 Active when the desired frequency (Pr.03-04) is attained.
Attained 1
10 PLC Program Running Active when PLC Program is running.
PLC Program Step
11 Active for 0.5 sec each time the multi-step speed is attained.
Completed
Active for 0.5 sec when the PLC program cycle has
12 PLC Program Completed
completed
13 PLC Operation Paused Active when PLC operation is paused.

5-42 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series

Settings Function Description


Terminal Count Value
14 Active when the counter reaches Terminal Count Value.
Attained
Preliminary Count Value
15 Active when the counter reaches Preliminary Count Value.
Attained
For the fan & pump control applications, one can use the
16
Multi-function Output Terminals (1-3) to define the auxiliary
17 Auxiliary Motor 1, 2 and 3
motor. When using with group 10 PID Controls and group 11
18
Fan and Pump Control, it can control flow of many motors.
When the heatsink overheats, it will signal to prevent OH
Heat Sink Overheat
19 from turning off the drive. When it is higher than 85oC
Warning (OH1)
(185oF), it will be ON. If not, it will be OFF.
20 AC Motor Drive Ready Active when the drive is on and no abnormality detected.
Emergency Stop
21 Active once the drive’s emergency stop function is activated.
Indication
Desired Frequency
22 Active when the desired frequency (Pr.03-10) is attained.
Attained 2
This function is used in conjunction with a VFDB Brake Unit.
The output will be activated when the drive needs help
23 Software Brake Signal
braking the load. A smooth deceleration is achieved by using
this function.
Zero Speed Output Active unless there is an output frequency present at
24
Signal terminals U/T1, V/T2, and W/T3.
Active once the drive’s current has fallen below its minimum
25 Under-current Detection
allowable value. (Refer to Pr.06-12, 06-13)
Operation Indication
26 Active when there is output voltage from U, V, W.
(H>=Fmin)
Active when the feedback signal is abnormal. (Refer to
27 Feedback Signal Error
Pr.10-08, Pr.10-16)
User-defined Low- Active once the DC Bus voltage is too low. (Refer to Pr.06-
28
voltage Detection 16, Pr.06-17)
Brake Control (Desired Active when output frequency ≥Pr.03-13. Deactivated when
29
Frequency Attained 3) output frequency ≤Pr.03-14 after STOP command.

03 - 04 Desired Frequency Attained 1 Unit: 0.01


Settings 0.00 to 400.00 Hz Factory Setting: 0.00

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 5-43


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series


03 - 10 Desired Frequency Attained 2 Unit: 0.01
Settings 0.00 to 400.00 Hz Factory Setting: 0.00

If a multi-function output terminal is set to function as Desired Frequency Attained 1 or 2

(Pr.03-00 to Pr.03-03 = 09 or 22), then the output will be activated when the programmed
frequency is attained.

Fr equ ency
ma ster detection
2Hz 4Hz range
fre quency
detection range dete ction
des ir ed - 2Hz ran ge
frequency waiting time
for D C br ake time
freque ncy dur ing stop

Time
run/s to p ON OFF

master fr eq. attained OFF ON OFF


(output signal)
des ire d fr eq. attaine d OFF ON OFF

settin g 03 ze ro spee d indica tion ON OF F ON

se tting 24 zero sp eed indi cation ON OF F ON

out put timing chart o f m ultip le func tion ter minals


wh en setti ng to fr equ en cy at tain ed or z ero spe ed in di cation

03 - 05 Analog Output Signal (AFM)


Factory Setting: 00
Settings 00 Analog Frequency Meter (0 to Maximum Output Frequency)
01 Analog Current Meter (0 to 250% of rated AC motor drive current)
02 Output voltage (0 to Pr.01-02)
03 Output frequency command (0 to Maximum Frequency)
04 Output motor speed (0 to the Maximum Frequency)
05 Load power factor (cos90o to 0o)

This parameter sets the function of the AFM output 0~+10VDC (ACM is common).

03 - 06 Analog Output Gain Unit: 1


Settings 01 to 200% Factory Setting: 100

This parameter sets the voltage range of the analog output signal.

5-44 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series

When Pr.03-05 is set to 0, the analog output voltage is directly proportional to the output
frequency of the AC motor drive. With Pr.03-06 set to 100%, the Maximum Output Frequency
(Pr.01-00) of the AC motor drive corresponds to +10VDC on the AFM output.
Similarly, if Pr.03-05 is set to 1, the analog output voltage is directly proportional to the output
current of the AC drive. With Pr.03-06 set to 100%, then 2.5 times the rated current
corresponds to +10VDC on the AFM output.

NOTE
Any type of voltmeter can be used. If the meter reads full scale at a voltage less than 10 volts,
the parameter 03-06 should be set using the following formula:
Pr. 03-06 = ((meter full scale voltage)/10) x 100%
For Example: When using the meter with full scale of 5 volts, adjust Pr.03-06 to 50%. If
Pr.03-05 is set to 0, then 5VDC will correspond to Maximum Output Frequency.

03 - 07 Digital Output Multiplying Factor Unit: 1


Settings 01 to 20 times Factory Setting: 01

This parameter determines the multiplying factor for the AC drives digital output frequency at
the digital output terminals (DFM-DCM). The pulse frequency is equal to the AC motor drive
output frequency multiplied by Pr.03-07. (Pulse frequency = actual output frequency x Pr.03-07)

03 - 08 Terminal Count Value Unit: 1


Settings 00 to 65500 Factory Setting: 00

This parameter sets the count value of the internal counter. The external terminal TRG
increases the internal counter. Upon completion of counting, the specified output terminal will
be activated. (Pr.03-00 to Pr.03-03 set to 14).
When the display shows c5555, the drive has counted 5,555 times. If display shows c5555•, it

means that real counter value is between 55,550 to 55,559.

03 - 09 Preliminary Count Value Unit: 1


Settings 00 to 65500 Factory Setting: 00

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 5-45


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series

When the counter value reaches this value, the corresponding multi-function output terminal
will be activated, provided one of Pr.03-00 to Pr.03-03 set to 15 (Preliminary Count Value
Setting). This multi-function output terminal will be deactivated upon completion of Terminal
Count Value Attained.
The timing diagram:

2msec
Display
(Pr.00-04=01)
TRG
Counter Trigger
2msec
The width of trigger signal
Preliminary Count Value should not be less than
(Pr. 03-00~Pr. 03-03=15) Ex:03-08=5,03-09=3 2ms(<250 Hz)

Terminal Count Value


(Pr. 03-00~Pr. 03-03=14)

03 - 11 EF Active when Preliminary Count Value Attained


Factory Setting: 00
Settings 00 Preliminary count value attained, no EF display
01 Preliminary count value attained, EF active

If this parameter is set to 01 and the desired value of counter is attained, the AC drive will treat
it as a fault. The drive will stop and show the “cEF” message on the display.

03 - 12 Fan Control
Factory Setting: 00
Settings 00 Fan always ON
01 1 minute after AC motor drive stops, fan will be OFF
02 AC motor drive runs and fan ON, AC motor drive stops and fan
OFF
03 Fan ON to run when preliminary heatsink temperature attained

This parameter determines the operation mode of cooling fan.

03 - 13 Brake Release Frequency Unit: 0.01


Settings 0.00 to 400.00Hz Factory Setting: 0.00
03 - 14 Brake Engage Frequency Unit: 0.01
Settings 0.00 to 400.00Hz Factory Setting: 0.00

These two parameters are used to set control of mechanical brake via the output terminals

(MO1~MO3) when Pr.03-00~03-03 is set to 29. Refer to the following example for details.

5-46 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series

Example:
1. Case 1: Pr.03-14 ≥ Pr.03-13
2. Case 2: Pr.03-14 ≤ Pr.03-13
Frequency
Output

Case 1: Pr.03-14

Pr. 03-13

Case 2: Pr.03-14

Time

Run/Stop

Case 1: MOX=29

Case 2: MOX=29

Note: MOX: setting value of Pr.03-00~Pr.03-03

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 5-47


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series


Group 4: Input Function Parameters

04 - 00 AVI Analog Input Bias Unit: 0.01


Settings 0.00 to 200.00% Factory Setting: 0.00
04 - 01 AVI Bias Polarity
Factory Setting: 00
Settings 00 Positive Bias
01 Negative Bias
04 - 02 AVI Input Gain Unit: 1
Settings 1 to 200% Factory Setting: 100
04 - 03 AVI Negative Bias, Reverse Motion Enable/Disable
Factory Setting: 00
Settings 00 No AVI Negative Bias Command
01 Negative Bias: REV Motion Enabled
02 Negative Bias: REV Motion Disabled
04 - 11 ACI Analog Input Bias Unit: 0.01
Settings 0.00 to 200.00% Factory Setting: 0.00
04 - 12 ACI Bias Polarity
Factory Setting: 00
Settings 00 Positive Bias
01 Negative Bias
04 - 13 ACI Input Gain Unit: 1
Settings 01 to 200% Factory Setting: 100
04 - 14 ACI Negative Bias, Reverse Motion Enable/Disable
Factory Setting: 00
Settings 00 No ACI Negative Bias Command
01 Negative Bias: REV Motion Enabled
02 Negative Bias: REV Motion Disabled
04 - 15 AUI Analog Input Bias Unit: 0.01
Settings 0.00 to 200.00% Factory Setting: 0.00
04 - 16 AUI Bias Polarity
Factory Setting: 00
Settings 00 Positive Bias
01 Negative Bias
04 - 17 AUI Input Gain Unit: 1
Settings 01 to 200% Factory Setting: 100

5-48 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series


04 - 18 AUI Negative Bias, Reverse Motion Enable/Disable
Factory Setting: 00
Settings 00 No AUI Negative Bias Command
01 Negative Bias: REV Motion Enabled
02 Negative Bias: REV Motion Disabled

In a noisy environment, it is advantageous to use negative bias to provide a noise margin.


Pr.04-00 ~ 04-03, Pr.04-11 ~ 04-18 are used when the source of frequency command is the

analog signal. Refer to the following examples.


Example 1: Standard application
This is the most used setting. The user only needs to set Pr.02-00 to 01, 02 or 03. The frequency

command comes from external potentiometer/current signal on AVI, ACI or AUI.

60Hz
Pr.01-00=60Hz--Max. output Freq.
AVI ACI AUI
Pr.04-00 Pr.04-11 Pr.04-15=0%--Bias adjustment
30Hz Pr.04-01 Pr.04-12 Pr.04-16=0--Positive bias
Pr.04-02 Pr.04-13 Pr.04-17=100%--Input gain
Pr.04-03 Pr.04-14 Pr.04-18=0No negative bias command
0Hz
0V 5V 10V
4mA 12mA 20mA

Example 2: Use of bias

This example shows the influence of changing the bias. When the input is 0V (4mA) the output
frequency is 10 Hz. At mid-point a potentiometer will give 40 Hz. Once the Maximum Output
Frequency is reached, any further increase of the potentiometer or signal will not increase the output
frequency. (To use the full potentiometer range, please refer to Example 3.) The value of external
input voltage/current 0-8.33V (4-17.33mA) corresponds to the setting frequency 10-60Hz.

Pr.01-00=60Hz--Max. output Freq.


60Hz AVI ACI AUI
Pr.04-00 Pr.04-11 Pr.04-15=16.7%--Bias adjustment
40Hz Pr.04-01 Pr.04-12 Pr.04-16=0--Positive bias
Pr.04-02 Pr.04-13 Pr.04-17=100%--Input gain
Pr.04-03 Pr.04-14 Pr.04-18=0--No negative bias command
10Hz
Bias Gain:100%
Adjustment
0Hz 0V 5V 10V Bias adjustment:((10Hz/60Hz)/(Gain/100%))*100%=16.7%
4mA 12mA 20mA

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 5-49


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series

Example 3: Use of bias and gain for use of full range


This example also shows a popular method. The whole scale of the potentiometer can be used as
desired. In addition to signals of 0 to 10V and 4 to 20mA, the popular voltage signals also include
signals of 0 to 5V, 4 to 20mA or any value under 10V. Regarding the setting, please refer to the
following examples.

Pr.01-00=60Hz--Max. output Freq.


60Hz AVI ACI AUI
Pr.04-00 Pr.04-11 Pr.04-15=20.0%--Bias adjustment
Pr.04-01 Pr.04-12 Pr.04-16=0--Positive bias
Pr.04-02 Pr.04-13 Pr.04-17=83.3%--Input gain
Pr.04-03 Pr.04-14 Pr.04-18=0--No negative bias command
Bias 10Hz
Gain:(10V/(10V+2V))*100%=83.3%
Adjustment
0Hz0V 5V 10V Bias adjustment:((10Hz/60Hz)/(Gain/100%))*100%=20.0%
-2V
XV 4mA 12mA 20mA

Example 4: Use of 0-5V potentiometer range via gain adjustment

This example shows a potentiometer range of 0 to 5 Volts. Instead of adjusting gain as shown in the
example below, you can set Pr. 01-00 to 120Hz to achieve the same results.

Gain
adjustment
Pr.01-00=60Hz--Max. output Freq.
60Hz
AVI AUI
Pr.04-00 Pr.04-15=0.0%--Bias adjustment
Pr.04-01 Pr.04-16=0--Positive bias
30Hz Pr.04-02 Pr.04-17=200%--Input gain
Pr.04-03 Pr.04-18=0--No negative bias command

Gain:(10V/5V)*100%=200%
0Hz 0V 5V 10V

Example 5: Use of negative bias in noisy environment


In this example, a 1V negative bias is used. In noisy environments it is advantageous to use
negative bias to provide a noise margin (1V in this example).

5-50 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series

Pr.01-00=60Hz--Max. output Freq.


60Hz
AVI AUI
54Hz Pr.04-00 Pr.04-15=10.0%--Bias adjustment
Pr.04-01 Pr.04-16=1--Negative bias
Pr.04-02 Pr.04-17=100%--Input gain
Pr.04-03 Pr.04-18=0--No negative bias command

Gain:100%
0Hz
Negative
0V 1V 10V Bias adjustment:((6Hz/60Hz)/(Gain/100%))*100%=10.0%
bias 6Hz

Example 6: Use of negative bias in noisy environment and gain adjustment to use full

potentiometer range

In this example, a negative bias is used to provide a noise margin. Also a potentiometer frequency
gain is used to allow the Maximum Output Frequency to be reached.

Bias
adjustment Pr.01-00=60Hz--Max. output Freq.
60Hz AVI AUI
Pr.04-00 Pr.04-15=10.0%--Bias adjustment
Pr.04-01 Pr.04-16=1--Negative bias
Pr.04-02 Pr.04-17=111%--Input gain
Pr.04-03 Pr.04-18=0--No negative bias command

Gain:(10V/9V)*100%=111%
0Hz
Negative 0V 1V
bias 6.6Hz 10V Bias adjustment:((6.6Hz/60Hz)/(Gain/100%))*100%=10.0%

Example 7: Use of 0-10V potentiometer signal to run motor in FWD and REV direction

In this example, the input is programmed to run a motor in both forward and reverse direction. The
motor will be idle when the potentiometer position is at mid-point of its scale. Using this example will
disable the external FWD and REV controls.

Pr.01-00=60Hz--Max. output Freq.


60Hz AVI AUI
FWD
30Hz Pr.04-00 Pr.04-15=50.0%--Bias adjustment
Pr.04-01 Pr.04-16=1--Negative bias
0V 0Hz Pr.04-02 Pr.04-17=200%--Input gain
5V 10V Pr.04-03 Pr.04-18=1--Negative bias: REV motion enabled
30Hz
REV Gain:(10V/5V)*100%=200%
60Hz
Bias adjustment:((60Hz/60Hz)/(Gain/100%))*100%=200%

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 5-51


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series


Example 8: Use negative slope

In this example, the use of negative slope is shown. Negative slopes are used in applications for
control of pressure, temperature or flow. The sensor that is connected to the input generates a
large signal (10V or 20mA) at high pressure or flow. With negative slope settings, the AC motor
drive will slow stop the motor. With these settings the AC motor drive will always run in only one
direction (reverse). This can only be changed by exchanging 2 wires to the motor.

60Hz Pr.01-00=60Hz--Max. output Freq.


negative slope AVI ACI AUI
Pr.04-00 Pr.04-11 Pr.04-15=100%--Bias adjustment
Pr.04-01 Pr.04-12 Pr.04-16=0--Positive bias
Pr.04-02 Pr.04-13 Pr.04-17=100%--Input gain
Pr.04-03 Pr.04-14 Pr.04-18=1--Negative bias: REV motion enabled

Gain:(10V/10V)*100%=100%
0Hz
0V 10V Bias adjustment:((60Hz/60Hz)/(Gain/100%))*100%=100%
4mA 20mA

04 - 19 AVI Analog Input Delay Unit: 0.01


Settings 0.00 to 10.00 sec Factory Setting: 0.05
04 - 20 ACI Analog Input Delay Unit: 0.01
Settings 0.00 to 10.00 sec Factory Setting: 0.05
04 - 21 AUI Analog Input Delay Unit: 0.01
Settings 0.00 to 10.00 sec Factory Setting: 0.05

These input delays can be used to filter noisy analog signals.

04 - 22 Analog Input Frequency Resolution


Factory Setting: 01
Settings 00 0.01Hz
01 0.1Hz

It is used to set the unit of the resolution of frequency command when the input source is an
analog signal.

5-52 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series


04 - 04 Multi-function Input Terminal (MI1)
Factory Setting: 01
04 - 05 Multi-function Input Terminal (MI2)
Factory Setting: 02
04 - 06 Multi-function Input Terminal (MI3)
Factory Setting: 03
04 - 07 Multi-function Input Terminal (MI4)
Factory Setting: 04
04 - 08 Multi-function Input Terminal (MI5)
Factory Setting: 05
04 - 09 Multi-function Input Terminal (MI6)
Factory Setting: 06

Settings Function Description

Any unused terminals should be programmed to 0 to


00 No Function
insure they have no effect on operation.

01 Multi-Step Speed Command 1 These four inputs select the multi-speed defined by
Pr.05-00 to Pr.05-14 as shown in the diagram at the
end of this table.
02 Multi-Step Speed Command 2
NOTE: Pr.05-00 to Pr.05-14 can also be used to
03 Multi-Step Speed Command 3 control output speed by programming the AC motor
drive’s internal PLC function. There are 17 step
speed frequencies (including Master Frequency and
04 Multi-Step Speed Command 4 Jog Frequency) to select for application.

The External Reset has the same function as the


Reset key on the Digital keypad. After faults such as
05 External Reset (N.O.)
O.H., O.C. and O.V. are cleared this input can be
used to reset the drive.
When the command is active, acceleration and
06 Accel/Decel Inhibit deceleration is stopped and the AC motor drive
maintains a constant speed.
Accel/Decel Time Selection
07 Used to select the one of four Accel/Decel Times
Command 1
(Pr.01-09 to Pr.01-12, Pr.01-18 to Pr.01-21). See
Accel/Decel Time Selection explanation at the end of this table.
08
Command 2

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 5-53


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series

Settings Function Description

Parameter values 9, 10 program Multi-Function Input


External Base Block (N.O.)
09 Terminals for external Base Block control.
(Refer to Pr. 08-06)
NOTE: When a Base-Block signal is received, the
AC motor drive will block all output and the motor
will free run. When base block control is
External Base Block (N.C.) deactivated, the AC drive will start its speed search
10 function and synchronize with the motor speed, and
(Refer to Pr. 08-06)
then accelerate to Master Frequency.

UP: Increment Master Increment/decrement the Master Frequency each time


11 an input is received or continuously when the input
Frequency
stays active. When both inputs are active at the same
time, the Master Frequency increment/decrement is
DOWN: Decrement Master halted. Please refer to Pr.02-08, 02-09. This function is
12
Frequency also called “motor potentiometer”.
When active, the counter is reset and inhibited. To
13 Counter Reset enable counting the input should be OFF. Refer to
Pr.03-08 and 03-09.
To run the AC motor drive internal PLC program.
14 Run PLC Program
NOTE: Pr.05-00 to Pr.05-16 define the PLC program.
When the PLC program runs, a Multi-Function Input
15 Pause PLC Program Terminal, when set to 15, can be used to pause the
PLC program.
Auxiliary Motor No.1 output
16 Parameter value 16 to 18 program Multi-Function Input
disable
Terminal to disable the corresponding auxiliary motor
Auxiliary Motor No.2 output
17 via the AC motor drive Multi-function Output Terminals
disable
Pr.03-00 to 3-03 (Relay and MO1 to MO3) when set to
Auxiliary Motor No.3 output 16-18.
18
disable

19 Emergency Stop (N.O.) When set to 19 or 20, the Multi-Function Input Terminal
can be used to stop the AC motor drive in case of
malfunction in the application. It will display “EF1”.
Please “RESET” after the fault has been cleared.
20 Emergency Stop (N.C.)
Refer to Pr.02-02 for Stop Method.

ON: ACI
Master Frequency Selection OFF: AVI
21
AVI/ACI Pr.02-00 and Pr.02-13 are disabled if this parameter
value 21 is set. See the explanation below the table.
ON: AUI
Master Frequency Selection OFF: AVI
22
AVI/AUI Pr.02-00 and Pr.02-13 are disabled if this parameter
value 22 is set. See the explanation below the table.
ON: Operation command via Ext. Terminals
Operation Command
OFF: Operation command via Keypad PU01
23 Selection (keypad
Pr.02-01 and Pr.02-14 are disabled if this parameter
PU01/external terminals)
value 23 is set. See the explanation below the table.
ON: Linear accel/decel (Auto accel/decel mode set by
Auto accel/decel mode
24 Pr.01-15 disabled)
disable
OFF: Auto accel/decel mode

5-54 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series

Settings Function Description

25 Forced Stop (N.C.) These two parameters have the same function as the
“STOP” command with stop method acc. to Pr.02-02.
No error message is displayed. When parameter value
26 Forced Stop (N.O.) 25 or 26 is enabled, a new RUN command is needed.
When this setting is enabled, all parameters will be
27 Parameter lock enable (N.O.)
locked and write parameters are disabled.
When the input is ON for this setting, the PID function
28 PID function disabled
will be disabled.
ON: REV
OFF: FWD
29 Jog FWD/REV command
This command will be effective only when external
terminal JOG is active.
The function is the same as setting 05 but for use with
30 External Reset (N.C.)
normally close contact.
Used to select the first/second frequency command
Source of second frequency source. Refer to Pr.02-00 and 02-13.
31
command enabled ON: 2nd Frequency command source
OFF: 1st Frequency command source
Used to select the first/second operation command
Source of second operation source. Refer to Pr.02-01 and 02-14.
32
command enabled ON: 2nd Operation command source
OFF: 1st Operation command source
The function is the same as setting 14 but the trigger
33 One shot PLC signal is a one shot pulse, for example: a push button
input. It can be cancelled by a “STOP” command.
Proximity sensor input for
34 This function should be used with Pr.04-23 ~ Pr.04-25.
simple Index function
35 Output Shutoff Stop (N.O.) AC motor drive will stop output and the motor free run if
one of these settings is enabled. If the status of terminal
36 Output Shutoff Stop (N.C.) is changed, AC motor drive will restart from 0Hz.

N.O.= Normally Open.


N.C.= Normally Closed.
When parameter value 21 and 22 are set and these two terminals are ON, the priority of

analog input signals are AVI > ACI > AUI.

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 5-55


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series


Frequency Accel time 4 Decel time 1
01-20
01-10
Master
Acceleration Delceleration
Freq.
Decel time 2
Accel time 3 01-12
01-18
Decel time 3
Accel time 2 01-19
01-11
Decel time 4
Accel time 1
01-21
01-09
1 2 3 4 1 1 2 3 4 Time
RUN/STOP
PU External terminal
communication OFF ON
Accel/Decel time 1 & 2
Multi-function Input OFF
Terminals Pr.04-04 to ON ON
Pr.04-09(MI1 to MI6 7)
Accel/Decel time 3 & 4 OFF ON
Multi-function Input
Terminals Pr.04-04 to
Pr.04-09(MI1 to MI6 8) Accel/Decel Time and Multi-function Input Terminals

MI2=08 MI1=07
Accel/decel time 1 OFF OFF
Accel/decel time 2 OFF ON
Accel/decel time 3 ON OFF
Accel/decel time 4 ON ON

05-07
Frequency
05-06
05-08
05-05
05-09
05-04
05-10
05-03
05-11
05-02
05-12 JOG Freq.
05-01
01-14
05-13
05-00
05-14
Master Speed

Run/Stop 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
PU/external terminals
/communication ON
1st speed
OFF ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON
Multi-function

(MI1 to MI6 1)
04-04~04-09

2nd speed
OFF ON ON ON ON
terminals

(MI1 to MI6 2)
MI1~MI6

3rd speed
(MI1 to MI6 3) OFF ON ON
4th speed
OFF ON
(MI1 to MI6 4)
Jog Freq. OFF
Multi-speed via External Terminals

5-56 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series

MI4=4 MI3=3 MI2=2 MI1=1


Master frequency OFF OFF OFF OFF
1st speed OFF OFF OFF ON
2nd speed OFF OFF ON OFF
3rd speed OFF OFF ON ON
4th speed OFF ON OFF OFF
5th speed OFF ON OFF ON
6th speed OFF ON ON OFF
7th speed OFF ON ON ON
8th speed ON OFF OFF OFF
9th speed ON OFF OFF ON
10th speed ON OFF ON OFF
11th speed ON OFF ON ON
12th speed ON ON OFF OFF
13th speed ON ON OFF ON
14th speed ON ON ON OFF
15th speed ON ON ON ON

04 - 10 Digital Terminal Input Debouncing Time Unit: 2


Settings 1 to 20 Factory Setting: 1

05-07
Frequency
05-06
05-08
05-05
05-09
05-04
05-10
05-03
05-11
05-02
05-12 JOG Freq.
05-01
01-14
05-13
05-00
05-14
Master Speed

Run/Stop 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
PU/external terminals
/communication ON
1st speed
OFF ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON
Multi-function

(MI1 to MI6 1)
04-04~04-09

2nd speed
OFF ON ON ON ON
terminals

(MI1 to MI6 2)
MI1~MI6

3rd speed
(MI1 to MI6 3) OFF ON ON
4th speed
OFF ON
(MI1 to MI6 4)
Jog Freq. OFF
Multi-speed via External Terminals

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 5-57


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series

This parameter is to delay the signals on digital input terminals. 1 unit is 2 msec, 2 units are 4
msec, etc. The delay time is used to debounce noisy signals that could cause the digital
terminals to malfunction.

04 - 23 Gear Ratio for Simple Index Function Unit: 1


Settings 4 ~ 1000 Factory Setting: 200
04 - 24 Index Angle for Simple Index Function Unit: 0.1
Settings Factory Setting: 180.0
0.0 ~360.0°

04 - 25 Deceleration Time for Simple Index Function Unit: 0.01


Settings 0.00 ~100.00 sec Factory Setting: 0.00

The simple index function is used to position the machine/motor at the same position when it
stops. The function should be used with setting 34 for Multi-Function Input Terminals (04-04 to
04-09).

The function diagram is shown below. The machine is driven by a gear motor or other
reduction gearbox. The trigger position of the proximity sensor is used as the starting point of
the index angle. When the stop command is initiated, the AC motor drive will not decelerate

until the proximity sensor is triggered. After that the AC motor drive begins to decelerate and
stop according to the Pr.04-24 and Pr.04-25.

Frequency

Proximity Sensor Actives

Time

time between STOP and triggering by proximity


Signal of Zero
sensor. It depends on the moment the STOP
command is given.

=Pr.04-25

5-58 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series

Group 5: Multi-step speeds and PLC (Process Logic Control) parameters

05 - 00 1st Step Speed Frequency Unit: 0.01


05 - 01 2nd Step Speed Frequency Unit: 0.01
05 - 02 3rd Step Speed Frequency Unit: 0.01
05 - 03 4th Step Speed Frequency Unit: 0.01
05 - 04 5th Step Speed Frequency Unit: 0.01
05 - 05 6th Step Speed Frequency Unit: 0.01
05 - 06 7th Step Speed Frequency Unit: 0.01
05 - 07 8th Step Speed Frequency Unit: 0.01
05 - 08 9th Step Speed Frequency Unit: 0.01
05 - 09 10th Step Speed Frequency Unit: 0.01
05 - 10 11th Step Speed Frequency Unit: 0.01
05 - 11 12th Step Speed Frequency Unit: 0.01
05 - 12 13th Step Speed Frequency Unit: 0.01
05 - 13 14th Step Speed Frequency Unit: 0.01
05 - 14 15th Step Speed Frequency Unit: 0.01
Factory Setting: 0.00
Settings 0.00 to 400.00 Hz

The Multi-Function Input Terminals (refer to Pr.04-04 to 04-09) are used to select one of the

AC motor drive Multi-step speeds. The speeds (frequencies) are determined by Pr.05-00 to
05-14 as shown above. They are also used in conjunction with Pr.05-15 to 05-31 for PLC
programs.

05 - 15 PLC Mode
Factory Setting: 00
Settings 00 Disable PLC operation
01 Execute one program cycle
02 Continuously execute program cycles
03 Execute one program cycle step by step
04 Continuously execute program cycles step by step

This parameter selects the mode of PLC operation for the AC motor drive. The AC motor drive
will change speeds and directions according to the desired user programming.
This parameter can be applied in the PLC operation of general small machines, food

processing machines and washing equipment.

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 5-59


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series


Example 1 (Pr.05-15 = 1): Execute one cycle of the PLC program. The parameter settings are:
1. Pr.05-00 to 05-14: 1st to 15th speed (sets the frequency of each speed)
2. Pr.04-04 to 04-09: Multi-Function Input Terminals (set one multi-function terminal as 14 - PLC

auto-operation).
3. Pr.03-00 to 03-03: Multi-Function Output Terminals (set a Multi-Function Terminal as 10-PLC
running indication, 11-PLC step completed and/or 12-PLC program completed).
4. Pr.05-15: PLC mode setting.
5. Pr.05-16: Direction of operation for the 1st to 15th speed.
6. Pr.05-17 to 05-31: Operation time setting of the 1st to 15th speed.

05-07
Frequency
05-06 05-08

05-05 05-09

05-04 05-10

05-03 05-11
05-02 05-12

05-01 05-13

05-00 05-14

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Time
05-17 05-19 05-21 05-23 05-25 05-27 05-29 05-31
multi-function input terminals 05-18 05-20 05-22 05-24 05-26 05-28 05-30
Program operation OFF ON
command
multi-function output terminals
Program operation OFF ON
indication
Step operation indication
multi-function output terminals OFF
Program operation fulfillment indication
multi-function input terminals OFF

NOTE
The above diagram shows one complete PLC cycle. To restart the cycle, turn the PLC program off
and on again.

5-60 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series


Example 2 (Pr.05-15 = 2): Continuously execute program cycles:
The diagram above shows the PLC program stepping through each speed. Setting Pr.05-15 to 2
continuously executes the program. To stop the PLC program, one must either pause the program or
turn it off. (Refer to Pr.04-04 to 04-09 values 14 and 15).

Example 3 (Pr.05-15 = 3) Execute one cycle step by step:


The example below shows how the PLC can perform one cycle at a time, within a complete cycle.

Each step will use the accel/decel times in Pr.01-09 to Pr.01-12. Note that the actual time each step
stays at its intended frequency is reduced, due to the time for accel/decel.

Frequency PLC operation execution one cycle step by step 05-03

05-02

05-01

05-00
1 2 3 4
Time
05-17 05-18 05-19 05-20
Program operation t t t
command OFF ON

Program operation
indication OFF ON ONON ON

Step operation
indication OFF

05 - 16 PLC Forward/Reverse Motion Unit: 1


Settings 00 to 32767 Factory Setting: 00

This parameter controls the direction of motion for the Multi-Step Speeds Pr.05-00 to Pr.05-14
during PLC mode. All other direction commands are invalid during the PLC mode.

NOTE
The equivalent 15-bit number is used to program the forward/reverse motion for each of the 15 speed
steps. The binary notation for the 15-bit number must be translated into decimal notation and then
entered.

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 5-61


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series

Weights 0=Forward
1=Reverse
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Direction of 1st speed for Pr.05-00
Direction of 2nd speed for Pr.05-01
Direction of 3rd speed for Pr.05-02
Direction of 4th speed for Pr.05-03
Direction of 5th speed for Pr.05-04
Direction of 6th speed for Pr.05-05
Direction of 7th speed for Pr.05-06
Direction of 8th speed for Pr.05-07
Direction of 9th speed for Pr.05-08
Direction of 10th speed for Pr.05-09
Direction of 11th speed for Pr.05-10
Direction of 12th speed for Pr.05-11
Direction of 1 3th speed for Pr.05-12
Direction of 14th speed for Pr.05-13
Direction of 15th speed for Pr.05-14

Weights 0=Forward
1=Reverse
Bit 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 Direction of Pr.05-00, 1st speed = Forward

Direction of Pr.05-01,2nd speed=Reverse

Direction of Pr.05-02 ,3rd speed=Forward

Direction of Pr.05-03 ,4th speed=Forward

Direction of Pr.05-04 ,5th speed=Reverse

Direction of Pr.05-05,6th speed=Reverse

Direction of Pr.05-06,7th speed=Reverse


Direction of Pr.05-07,8th speed=Forward

Direction of Pr.05-08,9th speed=Forward

Direction of Pr.05-09,10th speed=Forward

Direction of Pr.05-10,11th speed=Reverse


Direction of Pr.05-11,12th speed=Reverse

Direction of Pr.05-12, 13th speed=Forward

Direction of Pr.05-13,14th speed=Forward

Direction of Pr.05-14,15th speed=Reverse

The setting value NOTE:


14 13 2 1 0
= bit14x2 + bit13x2 +....+bit2x2 +bit1x2 +bit0x2 14
2 =16384 2 =8192
13 12
2 =4096
11
2 =2048
10
2 =1024
14 11 10 6 5 4 1
= 1x2 + 1x2 +1x2 +1x2 +1x2 +1x2 +1x2 9
2 =512
8
2 =256
7
2 =128
6
2 =64
5
2 =32
=16384+2048+1024+64+32+16+2 =19570 4 3 2 1 0
2 =16 2 =8 2 =4 2 =2 2 =1
Setting 05-16

5-62 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series


05 - 17 Time Duration of 1st Step Speed Unit: 1 or 0.1sec (See Pr.05-32)
05 - 18 Time Duration of 2nd Step Speed Unit: 1 or 0.1sec (See Pr.05-32)
05 - 19 Time Duration of 3rd Step Speed Unit: 1 or 0.1sec (See Pr.05-32)
05 - 20 Time Duration of 4th Step Speed Unit: 1 or 0.1sec (See Pr.05-32)
05 - 21 Time Duration of 5th Step Speed Unit: 1 or 0.1sec (See Pr.05-32)
05 - 22 Time Duration of 6th Step Speed Unit: 1 or 0.1sec (See Pr.05-32)
05 - 23 Time Duration of 7th Step Speed Unit: 1 or 0.1sec (See Pr.05-32)
05 - 24 Time Duration of 8th Step Speed Unit: 1 or 0.1sec (See Pr.05-32)
05 - 25 Time Duration of 9th Step Speed Unit: 1 or 0.1sec (See Pr.05-32)
05 - 26 Time Duration of 10th Step Speed Unit: 1 or 0.1sec (See Pr.05-32)
05 - 27 Time Duration of 11th Step Speed Unit: 1 or 0.1sec (See Pr.05-32)
05 - 28 Time Duration of 12th Step Speed Unit: 1 or 0.1sec (See Pr.05-32)
05 - 29 Time Duration of 13th Step Speed Unit: 1 or 0.1sec (See Pr.05-32)
05 - 30 Time Duration of 14th Step Speed Unit: 1 or 0.1sec (See Pr.05-32)
05 - 31 Time Duration of 15th Step Speed Unit: 1 or 0.1sec (See Pr.05-32)
Settings 0.0 to 65500 Factory Setting: 0.0

Pr.05-17 to Pr.05-31 correspond to operation time of each step speed defined by Pr.05-00 to
Pr.05-14. The maximum setting of 65500 seconds will be displayed as “t6550•”. If display
shows “t6550”, it means 6550 seconds.
If a parameter is set to “00” (0 sec), the corresponding step will be skipped. This is commonly
used to reduce the number of program steps.

05 - 32 Time Unit Settings


Factory Setting: 00
Settings 00 1 sec
01 0.1 sec

This parameter sets the time unit for Pr.05-17~Pr.05-31.

05 - 33 The Amplitude of Wobble Vibration


Settings 0.00 to 400.00 Hz Factory Setting: 0.00
05 - 34 Wobble Skip Frequency
Settings 0.00 to 400.00 Hz Factory Setting: 0.00

The frequency change will be as shown in the following diagram. These two parameters are
specific for textile machinery.

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 5-63


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series

Frequency of Δ top point Fup= master frequency F + Pr.05-33 + Pr.05-34.


Frequency of Δ down point Fdown= master frequency F - Pr.05-33 - Pr.05-34.

Double Fup
Pr. 05-34
Pr.05-33
Pr.01-09
Pr.01-11

Master
Frequency(F)
Pr.01-10
Pr.01-12

Fdown

5-64 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series

Group 6: Protection Parameters

06 - 00 Over-Voltage Stall Prevention Unit: 0.1


Settings 230V series 330.0 to 410.0V Factory Setting: 390.0
460V series 660.0 to 820.0V Factory Setting: 780.0
575V series 825.0 to 1025.0V Factory Setting: 975.0
00 Disable Over-voltage Stall Prevention (with brake unit or brake
resistor)

During deceleration, the DC bus voltage may exceed its Maximum Allowable Value due to
motor regeneration. When this function is enabled, the AC motor drive will not decelerate
further and keep the output frequency constant until the voltage drops below the preset value
again.
Over-Voltage Stall Prevention must be disabled (Pr.06-00=00) when a brake unit or brake
resistor is used.

NOTE
With moderate inertia load, over-voltage stall prevention will not occur and the real deceleration time
will be equal to the setting of deceleration time. The AC drive will automatically extend the

deceleration time with high inertia loads. If the deceleration time is critical for the application, a brake
resistor or brake unit should be used.

high voltage at DC side

over-voltage
detection level

time
output
frequency

Frequency Held

Deceleration characteristic
when Over-Voltage Stall
Prevention enabled

time

previous deceleration time

actual time to decelerate to stop when over-voltage


stall prevention is enabled

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 5-65


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series


06 - 01 Over-Current Stall Prevention during Acceleration Unit: 1
Settings 20 to 250% Factory Setting: 170

A setting of 100% is equal to the Rated Output Current of the drive.


During acceleration, the AC drive output current may increase abruptly and exceed the value
specified by Pr.06-01 due to rapid acceleration or excessive load on the motor. When this
function is enabled, the AC drive will stop accelerating and keep the output frequency constant
until the current drops below the maximum value.

06-01
Over-Current output current
Detection
Level setting
frequency

Over-Current Stall
prevention during
Acceleration, Output
frequency held Frequency

time

previous acceleration time


actual acceleration time when over-current stall
prevention is enabled

06 - 02 Over-current Stall Prevention during Operation Unit: 1


Settings 20 to 250% Factory Setting: 170

If the output current exceeds the setting specified in Pr.06-02 when the drive is operating, the

drive will decrease its output frequency to prevent the motor stall. If the output current is lower
than the setting specified in Pr.06-02, the drive will accelerate again to catch up with the set
frequency command value.

5-66 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series


Over-Current Stall
Prevention during
Over-Current Operation, output
Detection frequency decrease
Level
06-02 Output Current

Output
Frequency

over-current stall prevention during operation

06 - 03 Over-Torque Detection Mode (OL2)


Factory Setting: 00
Settings 00 Over-Torque detection disabled.
01 Over-Torque detection enabled during constant speed operation.
After over-torque is detected, keep running until OL1 or OL occurs.
02 Over-Torque detection enabled during constant speed operation.
After over-torque is detected, stop running.
03 Over-Torque detection enabled during acceleration. After over-
torque is detected, keep running until OL1 or OL occurs.
04 Over-Torque detection enabled during acceleration. After over-
torque is detected, stop running.

This parameter determines the operation mode of the drive after the over-torque (OL2) is
detected via the following method: if the output current exceeds the over-torque detection level
(Pr.06-04) longer than the setting of Pr.06-05 Over-Torque Detection Time, the warning
message “OL2” is displayed. If a Multi-Functional Output Terminal is set to over-torque
detection (Pr.03-00~03-03=04), the output is on. Please refer to Pr.03-00~03-03 for details.

06 - 04 Over-Torque Detection Level (OL2) Unit: 1


Settings 10 to 200% Factory Setting: 150

This setting is proportional to the Rated Output Current of the drive.

06 - 05 Over-Torque Detection Time (OL2) Unit: 0.1


Settings 0.1 to 60.0 sec Factory Setting: 0.1

This parameter sets the time for how long over-torque must be detected before “OL2” is
displayed.

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 5-67


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series


06 - 06 Electronic Thermal Overload Relay Selection (OL1)
Factory Setting: 02
Settings 00 Operate with a Standard Motor (self-cooled by fan)
01 Operate with a Special Motor (forced external cooling)
02 Operation disabled

This function is used to protect the motor from overloading or overheating.

06 - 07 Electronic Thermal Characteristic Unit: 1


Settings 30 to 600 sec Factory Setting: 60

The parameter determines the time required for activating the I2t electronic thermal protection
function. The graph below shows I2t curves for 150% output power for 1 minute.
Operation
time(min)

5
60Hz or more
4
50Hz

3
10Hz

2 5Hz

Load
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 factor (%)

06 - 08 Present Fault Record


06 - 09 Second Most Recent Fault Record
06 - 10 Third Most Recent Fault Record
06 - 11 Fourth Recent Fault Record
Factory Setting: 00
Readings 00 No fault
01 Over-current (oc)
02 Over-voltage (ov)
03 Overheat (oH)
04 Overload (oL)
05 Overload1 (oL1)
06 External fault (EF)

5-68 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series


07 IGBT protection (occ)
08 CPU failure (cF3)
09 Hardware protection failure (HPF)
10 Current exceeds 2 times rated current during accel.(ocA)
11 Current exceeds 2 times rated current during decel.(ocd)
12 Current exceeds 2 times rated current during steady state operation
(ocn)
13 Ground fault (GFF)
14 Reserved
15 CPU READ failure (CF1)
16 CPU WRITE failure (CF2)
17 Reserved
18 Motor over load (oL2)
19 Auto accel/decel failure (CFA)
20 Software/password protection (codE)
21 Emergency stop (EF1)
22 Phase-Loss (PHL)
23 Preliminary count value attained, EF active (cEF)
24 Under-current (Lc)
25 Analog feedback signal error (AnLEr)
26 PG feedback signal error (PGErr)

In Pr.06-08 to Pr.06-11 the four most recent faults that occurred, are stored. After removing the
cause of the fault, use the reset command to reset the drive.

06 - 12 Under-Current Detection Level Unit: 1


Settings 00 ~ 100% Factory Setting: 00
00 Disabled
06 - 13 Under-Current Detection Time Unit: 0.1
Settings 0.1~ 3600.0 sec Factory Setting: 10.0
06 - 14 Under-Current Detection Mode
Factory Setting: 00
Settings 00 Warn and keep operating
01 Warn and ramp to stop
02 Warn and coast to stop
03 Warn, after coast to stop, restart (delay 06-15 setting time)

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 5-69


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series


06 - 15 Under-Current Detection Restart Delay Time Unit: 1
Settings 1~600 min Factory Setting: 10

If output current is lower than the setting Pr.06-12 for a time that exceeds Pr.06-13 setting

during operation, the AC drive will warn per Pr.06-14 setting. If Pr.06-14 is set to 03, the AC
drive will restart after the delay time set by Pr.06-15 is up.

06 - 16 User-Defined Low-Voltage Detection Level (Lv) Unit: 1


Settings 00 Disabled
230V series: 220 ~ 300VDC Factory Setting: 00
460V series: 440 ~ 600VDC Factory Setting: 00
575V series: 520 ~ 780VDC Factory Setting: 00
06 - 17 User-Defined Low-Voltage Detection Time Unit: 0.1
Settings 0.1~ 3600.0 sec Factory Setting: 0.5

When the DC BUS voltage is lower than the setting of Pr.06-16 for a time exceeding the

setting of Pr.06-17, the AC motor drive will output a signal when Pr.03-00 ~ Pr.03-03 is set to
28.

06 - 18 Reserved

5-70 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series

Group 7: Motor Parameters

07 - 00 Motor Rated Current Unit: 1


Settings 30 to 120% Factory Setting: 100

Use the following formula to calculate the percentage value entered into this parameter:
(Motor Current / AC Drive Current) x 100%

with Motor Current=Motor rated current in A shown to motor nameplate


AC Drive Current=Rated current of AC drive in A (see Pr.00-01)
Pr.07-00 and Pr.07-01 must be set if the drive is programmed to operate in Vector Control
mode (Pr.0-09 = 2 or 3). They also must be set if the "Electronic Thermal Overload Relay"
(Pr.06-06) or "Slip Compensation" functions are selected.

07 - 01 Motor No-load Current Unit: 1


Settings 01 to 90% Factory Setting: 40

The rated current of the AC drive is regarded as 100%. The setting of the Motor no-load
current will affect the slip compensation.

The setting value must be less than Pr.07-00 (Motor Rated Current).

07 - 02 Torque Compensation Unit: 0.1


Settings 0.0 to 10.0 Factory Setting: 0.0

This parameter may be set so that the AC drive will increase its voltage output to obtain a
higher torque. Only to be used for V/f control mode.
Too high torque compensation can overheat the motor.

07 - 03 Slip Compensation (Used without PG) Unit: 0.01


Settings 0.00 to 3.00 Factory Setting: 0.00

While driving an asynchronous motor, increasing the load on the AC motor drive will cause an
increase in slip and decrease in speed. This parameter may be used to compensate the slip by
increasing the output frequency. When the output current of the AC motor drive is bigger than

the motor no-load current (Pr.07-01), the AC drive will adjust its output frequency according to
this parameter.
07 - 04 Number of Motor Poles Unit: 2
Settings 02 to 10 Factory Setting: 04

This parameter sets the number of motor poles (must be an even number).

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 5-71


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series


07 - 05 Motor Parameters Auto Tuning Unit: 1
Factory Setting: 00
Settings 00 Disable
01 Auto Tuning R1 (motor doesn’t run)
02 Auto Tuning R1 + No-load Test (with running motor)

Start Auto Tuning by pressing RUN key after this parameter is set to 01 or 02.
When set to 01, it will only auto detect R1 value and Pr.07-01 must be input manually. When

set to 02, the AC motor drive should be unloaded and the values of Pr.07-01 and Pr.07-06 will
be set automatically.
The steps to AUTO-Tuning are:

1. Make sure that all the parameters are set to factory settings and the motor wiring is
correct.
2. Make sure the motor has no-load before executing auto-tuning and the shaft is not
connected to any belt or gear motor.
3. Fill in Pr.01-01, Pr.01-02, Pr.07-00, Pr.07-04 and Pr.07-08 with correct values.
4. After Pr.07-05 is set to 2, the AC motor drive will execute auto-tuning immediately after

receiving a ”RUN” command. (Note: The motor will run!). The total auto tune time will be
15 seconds + Pr.01-09 + Pr.01-10. Higher power drives need longer Accel/|Decel time
(factory setting is recommended). After executing, Pr.07-05 is set to 0.

5. After successful execution, the drive will set Pr.07-01 and Pr.07-06 accordingly. If not,
repeat steps 3 and 4.
6. Then you can set Pr.00-09 to 02/03 and set other parameters according to your
application requirement.

NOTE
1. In vector control mode it is not recommended to have motors run in parallel.

2. It is not recommended to use vector control mode if motor rated power exceeds the rated power of
the AC motor drive.
07 - 06 Motor Line-to-line Resistance R1 Unit: 1
Settings 00 to 65535 mΩ Factory Setting: 00

The motor auto tune procedure will set this parameter. The user may also set this parameter
without using Pr.07-05.
07 - 07 Reserved

5-72 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series


07 - 08 Motor Rated Slip Unit: 0.01
Settings 0.00 to 20.00Hz Factory Setting: 3.00

Refer to the rated rpm and the number of poles on the nameplate of the motor and use the

following equation to calculate the rated slip.


Rated Slip (Hz) = Fbase (Pr.01-01 base frequency) - (rated rpm x motor pole 120)
This parameter is valid only in vector mode.

07 - 09 Slip Compensation Limit Unit: 1


Settings 00 to 250% Factory Setting: 200

This parameter sets the upper limit of the compensation frequency (the percentage of Pr.07-
08).
Example: when Pr.07-08=5Hz and Pr.07-09=150%, the upper limit of the compensation
frequency is 7.5Hz. Therefore, for a 50Hz motor, the max. output is 57.5Hz.

07 - 10 Reserved
07 - 11 Reserved

07 - 12 Torque Compensation Time Constant Unit: 0.01


Settings 0.01 ~10.00 sec Factory Setting: 0.05
07 - 13 Slip Compensation Time Constant Unit: 0.01
Settings 0.05 ~10.00 sec Factory Setting: 0.10

Setting Pr.07-12 and Pr.07-13 changes the response time for the compensation.
When Pr.07-12 and Pr.07-13 are set to 10.00 sec, its response time for the compensation will
be the longest. But if the settings are too short, unstable system may occur.

07 - 14 Accumulative Motor Operation Time (Min.) Unit: 1


Settings 00 ~1439 Factory Setting: 00
07 - 15 Accumulative Motor Operation Time (Day) Unit: 1
Settings 00 ~65535 Factory Setting: 00

Pr.07-14 and Pr.07-15 are used to record the motor operation time. They can be cleared by
setting to 00 and time is less than 60 seconds is not recorded.

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 5-73


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series


Group 8: Special Parameters

08 - 00 DC Brake Current Level Unit: 1


Settings 00 to 100% Factory Setting: 00

This parameter sets the level of DC Brake Current output to the motor during start-up and

stopping. When setting DC Brake Current, the Rated Current (Pr.00-01) is regarded as 100%.
It is recommended to start with a low DC Brake Current Level and then increase until proper
holding torque has been attained.

08 - 01 DC Brake Time during Start-up Unit: 0.1


Settings 0.0 to 60.0 sec Factory Setting: 0.0

This parameter determines the duration of the DC Brake current after a RUN command. When
the time has elapsed, the AC motor drive will start accelerating from the Minimum Frequency
(Pr.01-05).

08 - 02 DC Brake Time during Stopping Unit: 0.1


Settings 0.0 to 60.0 sec Factory Setting: 0.0

This parameter determines the duration of the DC Brake current during stopping. If stopping

with DC Brake is desired, Pr.02-02 Stop Method must be set to 00 or 02 for RAMP stop.

08 - 03 Start-Point for DC Brake Unit: 0.01


Settings 0.00 to 400.00Hz Factory Setting: 0.00

This parameter determines the frequency when DC Brake will begin during deceleration.

Output Frequency

Start-Point for
DC Brake DC Brake Time
Time during during Stopping
Stopping
01-05 08-03
Minimum Output
Frequency
Run/Stop
ON OFF

5-74 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series

DC Brake during Start-up is used for loads that may move before the AC drive starts, such as
fans and pumps. Under such circumstances, DC Brake can be used to hold the load in
position before setting it in motion.
DC Brake during stopping is used to shorten the stopping time and also to hold a stopped load
in position. For high inertia loads, a dynamic brake resistor or brake unit may also be needed
for fast decelerations.

08 - 04 Momentary Power Loss Operation Selection


Factory Setting: 00
Settings 00 Operation stops after momentary power loss.
01 Operation continues after momentary power loss, speed search
starts with the Master Frequency reference value.
02 Operation continues after momentary power loss, speed search
starts with the minimum frequency.

This parameter determines the operation mode when the AC motor drive restarts from a

momentary power loss.


When using a PG card with PG (encoder), speed search will begin at the actual PG (encoder)
feedback speed and settings 01 and 02 will be invalid.

08 - 05 Maximum Allowable Power Loss Time Unit: 0.1


Settings 0.1 to 5.0 sec Factory Setting: 2.0

If the duration of a power loss is less than this parameter setting, the AC motor drive will
resume operation. If it exceeds the Maximum Allowable Power Loss Time, the AC motor drive
output is then turned off (coast stop).
The selected operation after power loss in Pr.08-04 is only executed when the maximum

allowable power loss time is ≤5 seconds and the AC motor drive displays “Lu”.
But if the AC motor drive is powered off due to overload, even if the maximum allowable power
loss time is ≤5 seconds, the operation mode as set in Pr.08-04 is not executed. In that case it

starts up normally.

08 - 06 Baseblock Time for Speed Search (BB) Unit: 0.1


Settings 0.1 to 5.0 sec Factory Setting: 0.5

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 5-75


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series

When momentary power loss is detected, the AC drive will block its output and then wait for a
specified period of time (determined by Pr.08-06, called Base-Block Time) before resuming
operation. This parameter should be set at a value to ensure that any residual regeneration
voltage from the motors on the output has disappeared before the drive is activated again.
This parameter also determines the waiting time before resuming operation after External
Baseblock and after Auto Restart after Fault (Pr.08-14).

When using a PG card with PG (encoder), speed search will begin at the actual PG (encoder)
feedback speed and settings 01 and 02 in Pr.08-04 will be invalid.

08 - 07 Current Limit for Speed Search Unit: 1


Settings 30 to 200% Factory Setting: 150

Following a momentary power loss, the AC motor drive will start its speed search operation

only if the output current is greater than the value set by Pr.8-07. When the output current is
less than the value of Pr.8-07, the AC motor drive output frequency is at “speed
synchronization point”. The drive will start to accelerate or decelerate back to the operating

frequency at which it was running prior to the power loss.

Maximum Allowable Maximum


Power Power Loss Time Allowable Power
08-05 08-05
Input Speed
Synchronization
Speed Search Detection
08-04=01 08-04=02
Output Baseblock Time Baseblock Time
Frequency 08-06 08-06

Output
Voltage

08 - 08 Skip Frequency 1 Upper Limit Unit: 0.01


08 - 09 Skip Frequency 1 Lower Limit Unit: 0.01
08 - 10 Skip Frequency 2 Upper Limit Unit: 0.01
08 - 11 Skip Frequency 2 Lower Limit Unit: 0.01
08 - 12 Skip Frequency 3 Upper Limit Unit: 0.01
08 - 13 Skip Frequency 3 Lower Limit Unit: 0.01
Settings 0.00 to 400.00Hz Factory Setting: 0.00

5-76 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series

These parameters set the Skip Frequencies. It will cause the AC motor drive to never remain
within these frequency ranges with continuous frequency output.
These six parameters should be set as follows Pr.08-08 ≥ Pr.08-09 ≥ Pr.08-10 ≥ Pr.08-11 ≥
Pr.08-12 ≥ Pr.08-13.

internal frequency command 08-08


08-09
08-10
08-11
08-12
08-13

0
setting frequency

08 - 14 Auto Restart After Fault Unit: 1


Settings 00 to 10 Factory Setting: 00
00 Disable

Only after an over-current OC or over-voltage OV fault occurs, the AC motor drive can be
reset/restarted automatically up to 10 times.
Setting this parameter to 00 will disable the reset/restart operation after any fault has occurred.
When enabled, the AC motor drive will restart with speed search, which starts at the frequency
before the fault. To set the waiting time before restart after a fault, please set Pr. 08-06 Base
Block Time for Speed Search.

08 - 21 Auto Reset Time at Restart after Fault Unit: 1


Settings 00 to 60000 sec Factory Setting: 600

This parameter should be used in conjunction with Pr.08-14.

For example: If Pr.08-14 is set to 10 and Pr.08-21 is set to 600s (10 min), and if there is no
fault for over 600 seconds from the restart for the previous fault, the Auto Reset Time for
restart after fault will be reset to 10.

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 5-77


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series

08 - 15 Automatic Energy-saving
Factory Setting: 00
Settings 00 Energy-saving operation disabled
01 Energy-saving operation enabled
Output
Voltage
100%

70%
During auto-energy saving
operation, the output
voltage is lowered as much
as possible while maintaining
the load. Maximum output voltage
is 70% of the normal output voltage.

Output Frequency

08 - 16 Automatic Voltage Regulation (AVR)


Factory Setting: 00
Settings 00 AVR function enabled
01 AVR function disabled
02 AVR function disabled for deceleration

The rated voltage of the motor is usually 200V/230VAC 50Hz/60Hz and the input voltage of
the AC motor drive may vary between 180V to 264 VAC 50Hz/60Hz. Therefore, when the AC
motor drive is used without AVR function, the output voltage will be the same as the input

voltage. When the motor runs at voltages exceeding the rated voltage with 12% - 20%, its
lifetime will be shorter and it can be damaged due to higher temperature, failing insulation and
unstable torque output.
AVR function automatically regulates the AC motor drive output voltage to the Maximum
Output Voltage (Pr.01-02). For instance, if Pr.01-02 is set at 200 VAC and the input voltage is
at 200V to 264VAC, then the Maximum Output Voltage will automatically be reduced to a

maximum of 200 VAC.


When motor stops with deceleration, it will shorten deceleration time. When setting this
parameter to 02 with auto acceleration/deceleration, it will offer a quicker deceleration.

5-78 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series


Software Brake Level Unit: 1
08 - 17
(the Action Level of the Brake Resistor)
Settings 230V series: 370 to 430V Factory Setting: 380
460V series: 740 to 860V Factory Setting: 760
575V series: 925 to 1075V Factory Setting: 950

This parameter sets the DC-bus voltage at which the brake chopper is activated.
This parameter will be invalid for models above 15kW/20hp for which VFDB brake unit must be
used.

08 - 18 Base Block Speed Search


Factory Setting: 00
Settings 00 Speed search starts with last frequency command
01 Speed search starts with minimum output frequency (Pr.01-05)

This parameter determines the AC motor drive restart method after External Base Block is

enabled.

Output frequency Input B.B. signal


(H) Stop output voltage

Output voltage(V) Disable B.B. signal


Waiting time 08-06
Output current A Speed search
08-07 Synchronization speed detection
Current limit for
speed search
time

FWD Run

B.B.
Fig. 1: B.B. speed search with last output frequency downward timing chart

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 5-79


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series

Output frequency Input B.B. signal


(H)
Stop output voltage
Output voltage(V) Disable B.B. signal
Waiting time 08-06
Output current A Speed search
08-07 Synchronization speed detection
Current limit for
speed search
Time

FWD Run

B.B.

Fig. 2: B.B. speed search with last output frequency downward timing chart

Output frequency Input B.B. signal


(H)
Stop output voltage
Output voltage(V) Disable B.B. signal
Waiting time 08-06
Output current
A Restart
06-01
Over current Stall prevention
stall prevention Keep accelerating
during acceleration
Time
FWD Run

B.B.
Fig. 3: B.B. speed search with last output frequency upward timing chart

08 - 19 Speed Search during Start-up


Factory Setting: 00
Settings 00 Speed search disable
01 Speed search enable

5-80 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series

This parameter is used for starting and stopping a motor with high inertia. A motor with high
inertia will take a long time to stop completely. By setting this parameter, the user does not
need to wait for the motor to come to a complete stop before restarting the AC motor drive. If a
PG card and encoder is used on the drive and motor, then the speed search will start from the
speed that is detected by the encoder and accelerate quickly to the commanded frequency.
Pr.08-04 and Pr.08-06 will be disabled when using this parameter with PG feedback control.

CAUTION!

Please make sure Pr.07-04, Pr.10-10, and Pr.10-11 are set correctly. An incorrect setting may cause

the motor to exceed its speed limit and permanent damage to the motor and machine can occur.

08 - 20 Speed Search Frequency during Start-up


Factory Setting: 00
Settings 00 Setting Frequency
01 Maximum Operation Frequency (01-00)

This parameter determines the start value of the speed search frequency.

08 - 22 Compensation Coefficient for Motor Instability Unit: 1


Settings 00~1000 Factory Setting: 00

The drift current will occur in a specific zone of the motor and instability in the. By using this
parameter, greatly improves motor instability.
The drift current zone of the larger horsepower motor is usually in the low frequency range.
A setting of more than 500 is recommended.

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 5-81


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series


Group 9: Communication Parameters

There is a built-in RS-485 serial interface, marked RJ-11 (jack) is located near the control terminals.
The pins are defined below:
1: EV
2: GND
3: SG-
4: SG+
5: Reserved
6 1 6: Reserved

NOTE
1. When connecting to the communication connector, please use RJ11 6P2C/6P4C
2. When connecting to the PU, please use RJ12.
3. Please notice that pin 1 is only for internal communication and external keypad. Please do not
use in other way to prevent drive malfunction or damage. For RS485 communication, please
only use pin 3 and pin 4.

Each VFD-B AC drive has a pre-assigned communication address specified by Pr.09-00. The
RS485 master then controls each AC motor drive according to its communication address.

09 - 00 Communication Address
Settings 01 to 254 Factory Setting: 01

If the AC motor drive is controlled by RS-485 serial communication, the communication


address for this drive must be set via this parameter. And the communication address for each
AC motor drive must be different and unique.

09 - 01 Transmission Speed
Factory Setting: 01
Settings 00 Baud rate 4800 bps (bits / second)
01 Baud rate 9600 bps
02 Baud rate 19200 bps
03 Baud rate 38400 bps

This parameter is used to set the transmission speed between the RS485 master (PLC, PC,
etc.) and AC motor drive.

5-82 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series


09 - 02 Transmission Fault Treatment
Factory Setting: 03
Settings 00 Warn and keep operating
01 Warn and RAMP to stop
02 Warn and COAST to stop
03 No warning and keep operating

This parameter is set to how to react if transmission errors occur.


See list of error messages below (see section 3.6.)

09 - 03 Time-out Detection Unit: 0.1


Settings 0.0 ~ 60.0 sec Factory Setting: 0.0
0.0 Disable

If Pr.09-03 is not equal to 0.0, Pr.09-02=00~02, and there is no communication on the bus
during the Time Out detection period (set by Pr.09-03), “cE10” will be shown on the keypad.

09 - 04 Communication Protocol
Factory Setting: 00
Settings 00 Modbus ASCII mode, protocol <7,N,2>
01 Modbus ASCII mode, protocol <7,E,1>
02 Modbus ASCII mode, protocol <7,O,1>
03 Modbus RTU mode, protocol <8,N,2>
04 Modbus RTU mode, protocol <8,E,1>
05 Modbus RTU mode, protocol <8,O,1>

1. Control by PC or PLC
A VFD-B can be set up to communicate on Modbus networks using one of the following modes:
ASCII (American Standard Code for Information Interchange) or RTU (Remote Terminal Unit).
Users can select the desired mode along with the serial port communication protocol in Pr.09-04.
Code Description:

ASCII mode:
Each 8-bit data is the combination of two ASCII characters. For example, a 1-byte data:
64 Hex, shown as ‘64’ in ASCII, consists of ‘6’ (36Hex) and ‘4’ (34Hex).
Character ‘0’ ‘1’ ‘2’ ‘3’ ‘4’ ‘5’ ‘6’ ‘7’
ASCII code 30H 31H 32H 33H 34H 35H 36H 37H

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 5-83


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series


Character ‘8’ ‘9’ ‘A’ ‘B’ ‘C’ ‘D’ ‘E’ ‘F’
ASCII code 38H 39H 41H 42H 43H 44H 45H 46H
RTU mode:
Each 8-bit data is the combination of two 4-bit hexadecimal characters. For example, 64

Hex.
2. Data Format
For ASCII mode:
( 7.N.2)
Start Stop Stop
0 1 2 3 4 5 6
bit bit bit
7-bit character
10-bit character frame
( 7.E.1)
Start Even Stop
0 1 2 3 4 5 6
bit parity bit
7-bit character
10-bit character frame
( 7.O.1)
Start Odd Stop
0 1 2 3 4 5 6
bit parity bit
7-bit character
10-bit character frame

For RTU mode:


( 8.N.2 )
Start Stop Stop
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
bit bit bit
8-bit character
11-bit character frame
( 8.E.1 )
Start Even Stop
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 parity bit
bit
8-bit character
11-bit character frame
( 8.O.1 )
Start Odd Stop
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 parity bit
bit
8-bit character
11-bit character frame

3. Communication Protocol

5-84 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series


3.1 Communication Data Frame:
ASCII mode:
STX Start character ‘:’ (3AH)
Address Hi Communication address:
Address Lo 8-bit address consists of 2 ASCII codes
Function Hi Command code:
Function Lo 8-bit command consists of 2 ASCII codes
DATA (n-1) Contents of data:
to Nx8-bit data consist of 2n ASCII codes
DATA 0 n<=20, maximum of 40 ASCII codes
LRC CHK Hi LRC check sum:
LRC CHK Lo 8-bit check sum consists of 2 ASCII codes
END Hi End characters:
END Lo END1= CR (0DH), END0= LF(0AH)

RTU mode:
START A silent interval of more than 10 ms
Address Communication address: 8-bit address
Function Command code: 8-bit command
DATA (n-1) Contents of data:
to
n×8-bit data, n<=40 (20 x 16-bit data)
DATA 0
CRC CHK Low CRC check sum:
CRC CHK High 16-bit check sum consists of 2 8-bit characters

END A silent interval of more than 10 ms


3.2 Address (Communication Address)
Valid communication addresses are in the range of 0 to 254. A communication address equal to 0,
means broadcast to all AC drives (AMD). In this case, the AMD will not reply any message to the
master device.
00H: broadcast to all AC drives
01H: AC drive of address 01
0FH: AC drive of address 15
10H: AC drive of address 16
:
FEH: AC drive of address 254
For example, communication to AMD with address 16 decimal (10H):
ASCII mode: Address=’1’,’0’ => ‘1’=31H, ‘0’=30H
RTU mode: Address=10H
3.3 Function (Function code) and DATA (data characters)
The format of data characters depends on the function code.
03H: read data from register

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 5-85


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series


06H: write single register
08H: loop detection
10H: write multiple registers
The available function codes and examples for VFD-B are described as follows:
(1) 03H: multi read, read data from registers.
Example: reading continuous 2 data from register address 2102H, AMD address is 01H.
ASCII mode:
Command message: Response message:
STX ‘:’ STX ‘:’
‘0’ ‘0’
Address Address
‘1’ ‘1’
‘0’ ‘0’
Function Function ‘3’
‘3’
‘2’ Number of data ‘0’
Starting data ‘1’ (Count by byte) ‘4’
address ‘0’ ‘1’
Content of starting
‘2’ ‘7’
address
‘0’ ‘7’
2102H
Number of data ‘0’ ‘0’
(count by word) ‘0’ ‘0’
‘2’ Content of address ‘0’
‘D’ 2103H ‘0’
LRC Check
‘7’ ‘0’
CR ‘7’
END LRC Check
LF ‘1’
CR
END
LF
RTU mode:
Command message: Response message:
Address 01H Address 01H
Function 03H Function 03H
Starting data 21H Number of data
04H
address 02H (count by byte)
Number of data 00H Content of address 17H
(count by word) 02H 2102H 70H
CRC CHK Low 6FH Content of address 00H
CRC CHK High F7H 2103H 00H
CRC CHK Low FEH
CRC CHK High 5CH
(2) 06H: single write, write single data to register.
Example: writing data 6000(1770H) to register 0100H. AMD address is 01H.

5-86 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series


ASCII mode:
Command message: Response message:
STX ‘:’ STX ‘:’
‘0’ ‘0’
Address Address
‘1’ ‘1’
‘0’ ‘0’
Function Function
‘6’ ‘6’
‘0’ ‘0’
‘1’ ‘1’
Data address Data address
‘0’ ‘0’
‘0’ ‘0’
‘1’ ‘1’
‘7’ ‘7’
Data content Data content
‘7’ ‘7’
‘0’ ‘0’
‘7’ ‘7’
LRC Check LRC Check
‘1’ ‘1’
CR CR
END END
LF LF
RTU mode:
Command message: Response message:
Address 01H Address 01H
Function 06H Function 06H
01H 01H
Data address Data address
00H 00H
17H 17H
Data content Data content
70H 70H
CRC CHK Low 86H CRC CHK Low 86H
CRC CHK High 22H CRC CHK High 22H

(3) 08H: loop detection


This command is used to detect if the communication between master device (PC or PLC) and AC
motor drive is normal. The AC motor drive will send the received message to the master device.
ASCII mode:
Command message: Response message:
STX ‘:’ STX ‘:’
‘0’ ‘0’
Address Address
‘1’ ‘1’
‘0’ ‘0’
Function Function
‘8’ ‘8’
‘0’ ‘0’
‘0’ ‘0’
Data address Data address
‘0’ ‘0’
‘0’ ‘0’
‘1’ ‘1’
‘7’ ‘7’
Data content Data content
‘7’ ‘7’
‘0’ ‘0’
LRC Check ‘7’ LRC Check ‘7’

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 5-87


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series


Command message: Response message:
‘0’ ‘0’
CR CR
END END
LF LF
RTU mode:
Command message: Response message:
Address 01H Address 01H
Function 08H Function 08H
00H 00H
Data address Data address
00H 00H
17H 17H
Data content Data content
70H 70H
CRC CHK Low EEH CRC CHK Low EEH
CRC CHK High 1FH CRC CHK High 1FH

(4) 10H: write multiple registers (write multiple data to registers)


Example: Set the multi-step speed,
Pr.05-00=50.00 (1388H), Pr.05-01=40.00 (0FA0H). AC drive address is 01H.
ASCII Mode:
Command message: Response message:
STX ‘:’ STX ‘:’
Address 1 ‘0’ Address 1 ‘0’
Address 0 ‘1’ Address 0 ‘1’
Function 1 ‘1’ Function 1 ‘1’
Function 0 ‘0’ Function 0 ‘0’
‘0’ ‘0’
Starting data ‘5’ Starting data ‘5’
address ‘0’ address ‘0’
‘0’ ‘0’
‘0’ ‘0’
Number of data ‘0’ Number of data ‘0’
(count by word) ‘0’ (count by word) ‘0’
‘2’ ‘2’
Number of data ‘0’ ‘E’
LRC Check
(count by byte) ‘4’ ‘8’
‘1’ CR
END
The first data ‘3’ LF
content ‘8’
‘8’
‘0’
The second data ‘F’
content ‘A’
‘0’
‘9’
LRC Check
‘A’
CR
END
LF

5-88 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series


RTU mode:
Command message: Response message:
Address 01H Address 01H
Function 10H Function 10H
Starting data 05H Starting data address 05H
address 00H 00H
Number of data 00H’ Number of data 00H
(count by word) 02H (count by word) 02H
Number of data 04 CRC Check Low 41H
(count by byte)
The first data 13H CRC Check High 04H
content 88H
The second data 0FH
content A0H
CRC Check Low ‘4D’

CRC Check High ‘D9’

3.4 Check sum


ASCII mode:
LRC (Longitudinal Redundancy Check) is calculated by summing up, module 256, the values of
the bytes from ADR1 to last data character then calculating the hexadecimal representation of the
2’s-complement negation of the sum.
For example, reading 1 word from address 0401H of the AC drive with address 01H.

STX ‘:’
Address 1 ‘0’
Address 0 ‘1’
Function 1 ‘0’
Function 0 ‘3’
‘0’
‘4’
Starting data address
‘0’
‘1’
‘0’
‘0’
Number of data
‘0’
‘1’
LRC Check 1 ‘F’
LRC Check 0 ‘6’
END 1 CR
END 0 LF
01H+03H+04H+01H+00H+01H=0AH, the 2’s-complement negation of 0AH is F6H.
RTU mode:
Address 01H
Function 03H
Starting data address 21H
02H

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 5-89


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series


Number of data 00H
(count by word) 02H
CRC CHK Low 6FH
CRC CHK High F7H
CRC (Cyclical Redundancy Check) is calculated by the following steps:
Step 1: Load a 16-bit register (called CRC register) with FFFFH.
Step 2: Exclusive OR the first 8-bit byte of the command message with the low order byte of the
16-bit CRC register, putting the result in the CRC register.
Step 3: Examine the LSB of CRC register.
Step 4: If the LSB of CRC register is 0, shift the CRC register one bit to the right with MSB zero
filling, then repeat step 3. If the LSB of CRC register is 1, shift the CRC register one bit to the right
with MSB zero filling, Exclusive OR the CRC register with the polynomial value A001H, then repeat
step 3.
Step 5: Repeat step 3 and 4 until eight shifts have been performed. When this is done, a complete
8-bit byte will have been processed.

Step 6: Repeat step 2 to 5 for the next 8-bit byte of the command message. Continue doing this
until all bytes have been processed. The final contents of the CRC register are the CRC value.
When transmitting the CRC value in the message, the upper and lower bytes of the CRC value
must be swapped, i.e. the lower order byte will be transmitted first.

The following is an example of CRC generation using C language. The function takes two
arguments:
Unsigned char* data Å a pointer to the message buffer
Unsigned char length Å the quantity of bytes in the message buffer
The function returns the CRC value as a type of unsigned integer.
Unsigned int crc_chk(unsigned char* data, unsigned char length){
int j;
unsigned int reg_crc=0xFFFF;
while(length--){
reg_crc ^= *data++;
for(j=0;j<8;j++){
if(reg_crc & 0x01){ /* LSB(b0)=1 */
reg_crc=(reg_crc>>1) ^ 0xA001;
}else{
reg_crc=reg_crc >>1;
}
}

5-90 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series


}
return reg_crc;
}

3.5 Address list


The contents of available addresses are shown as below:

Content Address Function


GG means parameter group, nn means parameter number,
AC drive GGnn for example, the address of Pr 4-01 is 0401H. Referencing to
chapter 5 for the function of each parameter. When reading
Parameters H parameter by command code 03H, only one parameter can
be read at one time.
00B: No function
01B: Stop
Bit 0-1
2000H 10B: Run
11B: Jog + Run
Bit 2-3 Reserved
00B: No function
01B: FWD
Bit 4-5 10B: REV
11B: Change direction
Command
2000H 00B: Comm. forced 1st accel/decel
Write only 01B: Comm. forced 2nd accel/decel
Bit 6-7 10B: Comm. forced 3rd accel/decel
11B: Comm. forced 4th accel/decel
Bit 8-11 Represented 16 step speeds.
0: No comm. multi step speed or accel/decel
Bit 12 time
1: Comm. multi step speed or accel/decel time
Bit 13-15 Reserved
2001H Frequency command
Bit 0 1: EF (external fault) on
2002H Bit 1 1: Reset
Bit 2-15 Reserved
Status Error code:
monitor 2100H 00: No error occurred
Read only 01: Over-current (oc)
02: Over-voltage (ov)
03: Overheat (oH)
04: Overload (oL)
05: Overload1 (oL1)
06: External fault (EF)
07: IGBT short circuit protection (occ)
08: CPU failure (cF3)
09: Hardware protection failure (HPF)
10: Current exceeds 2 times rated current during accel (ocA)
11: Current exceeds 2 times rated current during decel (ocd)

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 5-91


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series


Content Address Function
12: Current exceeds 2 times rated current during steady state
operation (ocn)
13: Ground Fault (GFF)
14: Low voltage (Lv)
2100H 15: CPU failure 1 (cF1)
16: CPU failure 2 (cF2)
17: Base Block
18: Overload (oL2)
19: Auto accel/decel failure (cFA)
20: Software protection enabled (codE)
21: EF1 Emergency stop
22: PHL (Phase-Loss)
23: cEF (Preliminary count value attained, EF active)
24: Lc (Under-current)
25: AnLEr (Analog feedback signal error)
26: PGErr (PG feedback signal error)
Status of AC drive
LED: 0: light off, 1: light up
00: RUN LED
2101H 01: STOP LED
Bit 0-4
02: JOG LED
03: FWD LED
04: REV LED
Bit 5 0: F light off, 1: F light on
Bit 6 0: H light off, 1: H light on
Bit 7 0: “u” light off, 1: “u” light on
1: Master frequency Controlled by communication
Bit 8
interface
Bit 9 1: Master frequency controlled by analog signal
1: Operation command controlled by
Bit 10
communication interface
Bit 11 1: Parameters have been locked
Bit 12 0: AC drive stops, 1: AC drive operates
Bit 13 1: Jog command
Bit 14-15 Reserved
2102H Frequency command (F)
2103H Output frequency (H)
2104H Output current (AXXX.X)
2105H DC-BUS Voltage (UXXX.X)
2106H Output voltage (EXXX.X)
2107H Step number of Multi-Step Speed Operation
2108H Step number of PLC operation
Status 2109H Content of external TRIGGER
monitor 210AH Power factor angle
Read only 210BH Estimated torque ratio (XXX.X)
210CH Motor speed (rpm)
210DH PG pulse (low word) /unit time (Pr.10-15)
210EH PG pulse (high word) /unit time (Pr.10-15)
210FH Output power (KW)
2110H Reserved
2200H Feedback Signal (XXX.XX %)

5-92 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series


Content Address Function
2201H User-defined (Low word)
2202H User-defined (High word)
2203H AVI analog input (XXX.XX %)
2204H ACI analog input (XXX.XX %)
2205H AUI analog input (XXX.XX %)
2206H Display temperature of heatsink (°C)
3.6 Exception response:
The AC motor drive is expected to return a normal response after receiving command messages
from the master device. The following depicts the conditions when no normal response is replied to
the master device.
The AC motor drive does not receive the messages due to a communication error; thus, the AC
motor drive has no response. The master device will eventually process a timeout condition.
The AC motor drive receives the messages without a communication error, but cannot handle
them. An exception response will be returned to the master device and an error message “CExx”
will be displayed on the keypad of AC motor drive. The xx of “CExx” is a decimal code equal to the
exception code that is described below.
In the exception response, the most significant bit of the original command code is set to 1, and an
exception code which explains the condition that caused the exception is returned.
Example of an exception response of command code 06H and exception code 02H:

ASCII mode: RTU mode:


STX ‘:’ Address 01H
Address Low ‘0’ Function 86H
Address High ‘1’ Exception code 02H
Function Low ‘8’ CRC CHK Low C3H
Function High ‘6’ CRC CHK High A1H
‘0’
Exception code
‘2’
LRC CHK Low ‘7’
LRC CHK High ‘7’
END 1 CR
END 0 LF
The explanation of exception codes:
Exception
code Explanation
Illegal function code:
01 The function code received in the command message is not
available for the AC motor drive.
Illegal data address:
02 The data address received in the command message is not
available for the AC motor drive.
Illegal data value:
03 The data value received in the command message is not available
for the AC drive.
Slave device failure:
04
The AC motor drive is unable to perform the requested action.

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 5-93


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series


Exception
code Explanation
Communication time-out:
If Pr.09-03 is not equal to 0.0, Pr.09-02=00~02, and there is no
10
communication on the bus during the Time Out detection period (set
by Pr.09-03), “cE10” will be shown on the keypad.

3.7 Communication program of PC:


The following is a simple example of how to write a communication program for Modbus ASCII
mode on a PC by C language.
#include<stdio.h>
#include<dos.h>
#include<conio.h>
#include<process.h>
#define PORT 0x03F8 /* the address of COM1 */
/* the address offset value relative to COM1 */
#define THR 0x0000
#define RDR 0x0000
#define BRDL 0x0000
#define IER 0x0001
#define BRDH 0x0001
#define LCR 0x0003
#define MCR 0x0004
#define LSR 0x0005
#define MSR 0x0006
unsigned char rdat[60];
/* read 2 data from address 2102H of AC drive with address 1 */
unsigned char tdat[60]={':','0','1','0','3','2','1','0',’2', '0','0','0','2','D','7','\r','\n'};
void main(){
int i;
outportb(PORT+MCR,0x08); /* interrupt enable */
outportb(PORT+IER,0x01); /* interrupt as data in */
outportb(PORT+LCR,(inportb(PORT+LCR) | 0x80));
/* the BRDL/BRDH can be access as LCR.b7==1 */
outportb(PORT+BRDL,12); /* set baudrate=9600, 12=115200/9600*/
outportb(PORT+BRDH,0x00);
outportb(PORT+LCR,0x06); /* set protocol, <7,N,2>=06H, <7,E,1>=1AH, <7,O,1>=0AH,
<8,N,2>=07H, <8,E,1>=1BH, <8,O,1>=0BH */
for(i=0;i<=16;i++){

5-94 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series


while(!(inportb(PORT+LSR) & 0x20)); /* wait until THR empty */
outportb(PORT+THR,tdat[i]); /* send data to THR */ }
i=0;
while(!kbhit()){
if(inportb(PORT+LSR) & 0x01){ /* b0==1, read data ready */
rdat[i++]=inportb(PORT+RDR); /* read data form RDR */
} } }

09 - 05 Reserved
09 - 06 Reserved

09 - 07 Response Delay Time Unit: 2


Settings 00 ~ 200 msec Factory Setting: 00

This parameter is the response delay time after AC drive receives communication command
as shown in the following.

RS485 BUS
PC or PLC command Response Message of AC Drive
Handling time Response Delay Time
of AC drive Pr.09-07
Max.: 6msec
* This parameter is only for firmware version 4.01 and higher.

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 5-95


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series


Group 10: PID Control

10 - 00 Input Terminal for PID Feedback


Factory Setting: 00
Settings 00 Inhibit PID operation: external terminals AVI, ACI may be used for
frequency command if required (Pr.02-00).
01 Negative PID feedback from external terminal AVI (0 ~ +10VDC).
02 Negative PID feedback from external terminal ACI (4 ~ 20mA).
03 Positive PID feedback from external terminal AVI (0 ~ +10VDC).
04 Positive PID feedback from external terminal ACI (4 ~ 20mA).

Note that the measured variable (feedback) controls the output frequency (Hz). Select input
terminal accordingly. Make sure this parameter setting does not conflict with the setting for
Pr.02-00 (Master Frequency).
When Pr.02-00 is set to 01 or 02, the set point (Master Frequency) for PID control is obtained
from the AVI/ACI external terminal (0 to +10V or 4-20mA) or from multi-step speed. When
Pr.02-00 is set to 00, the set point is obtained from the keypad.

Negative feedback means: +target value - feedback


Positive feedback means: -target value + feedback.

10 - 01 Gain Over the PID Detection Value Unit: 0.01


Settings 0.00 to 10.00 Factory Setting: 1.00

This is the gain adjustment over the feedback detection value. Refer to PID control block
diagram in Pr.10-06 for detail.

10 - 02 Proportional Gain (P) Unit: 0.01


Settings 0.0 to 10.0 Factory Setting: 1.0

This parameter specifies proportional control and associated gain (P). If the other two gains (I
and D) are set to zero, proportional control is the only one effective. With 10% deviation (error)
and P=1, the output will be P x10% x Master Frequency.

NOTE
The parameter can be set during operation for easy tuning.

5-96 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series


10 - 03 Integral Gain ( I ) Unit: 0.01
Settings 0.00 to 100.00 sec Factory Setting: 1.00
0.00 Disable

This parameter specifies integral control (continual sum of the deviation) and associated gain
(I). When the integral gain is set to 1 and the deviation is fixed, the output is equal to the input
(deviation) once the integral time setting is attained.

NOTE
The parameter can be set during operation for easy tuning.

10 - 04 Derivative Control (D) Unit: 0.01


Settings 0.00 to 1.00 sec Factory Setting: 0.00

This parameter specifies derivative control (rate of change of the input) and associated gain

(D). With this parameter set to 1, the PID output is equal to differential time x (present
deviation − previous deviation). It increases the response speed but it may cause over-
compensation.

NOTE
The parameter can be set during operation for easy tuning.

10 - 05 Upper Bound for Integral Control Unit: 1


Settings 00 to 100 % Factory Setting: 100

This parameter defines an upper bound or limit for the integral gain (I) and therefore limits the
Master Frequency.

The formula is: Integral upper bound = Maximum Output Frequency (Pr.01-00) x (Pr.10-05).
This parameter can limit the Maximum Output Frequency.

10 - 06 Primary Delay Filter Time Unit: 0.1


Settings 0.0 to 2.5 sec Factory Setting: 0.0

To avoid amplification of measurement noise in the controller output, a derivative digital filter is

inserted. This filter helps to dampen oscillations.

The complete PID diagram is shown on the following page:

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 5-97


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series

P I
Integral + Output Digital
+ gain + Freq. filter Freq.
Setpoint limit Limit Command
- 10-02 10-03 10-05 + 10-07 10-06

D
10-04
Input Freq. PID
Gain feedback
10-01 10-00

10 - 07 PID Output Frequency Limit Unit: 1


Settings 00 to 110 % Factory Setting: 100

This parameter defines the percentage of output frequency limit during the PID control. The

formula is Output Frequency Limit = Maximum Output Frequency (Pr.01-00) X Pr.10-07 %.


This parameter will limit the Maximum Output Frequency. An overall limit for the output
frequency can be set in Pr.01-07.

10 - 08 Feedback Signal Detection Time Unit: 0.1


Settings 0.0 to d 3600.0 sec Factory Setting: 60.0

This parameter defines the time during which the PID feedback must be abnormal before a
warning (see Pr.10-09) is given. It also can be modified according to the system feedback
signal time.

If this parameter is set to 0.0, the system would not detect any abnormality signal.

10 - 09 Treatment of the Erroneous Feedback Signals (for PID and PG feedback error)
Factory Setting: 00
Settings 00 Warning and keep operating
01 Warning and RAMP to stop
02 Warning and COAST to stop

AC motor drive action when the feedback signals (analog PID feedback or PG (encoder)
feedback) are abnormal according to Pr.10-16.

10 - 16 Deviation Range of PID Feedback Signal Error Unit: 0.01


Settings 0.00~100.00% Factory Setting: 100.00

5-98 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series

The base is Pr.01-00. When in PID feedback control, if | Source of PID reference target -
feedback | > Pr.10-16 and exceeds Pr.10-08 detection time, the AC drive will operate
according to Pr.10-09.

10 - 10 PG Pulse Range Unit: 1


Settings 1 ~ 40000 (Max=20000 for 2-pole motor) Factory Setting: 600

A Pulse Generator (PG) or encoder is used as a sensor that provides a feedback signal of the

motor speed. This parameter defines the number of pulses for each cycle of the PG control.
For PG or encoder feedback an option PG-card is needed.

10 - 11 PG Input
Factory Setting: 00
Settings 00 Disable PG
01 Single phase
02 Forward / Counterclockwise rotation
03 Reverse / Clockwise rotation

The relationship between the motor rotation and PG input is illustrated below:

A phase leads B phase


A phase
FWD CCW
B phase
10-11=02
B phase leads A phase
A phase
REV CW
B phase
10-11=03

A phase
PULSE PG CW
GENERATOR B phase

10 - 12 ASR (Auto Speed Regulation) control (with PG only) (P) Unit: 0.1
Settings 0.0 to 10.0 Factory Setting: 1.0

This parameter specifies Proportional control and associated gain (P), and is used for speed
control with PG (encoder) feedback.

NOTE
The parameter can be set during operation for easy tuning.

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 5-99


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series

10 - 13 ASR (Auto Speed Regulation) control (with PG only) (I) Unit: 0.01
Settings 0.00 to 100.00 Factory Setting: 1.00
0.00 disable

This parameter specifies Integral control and associated gain (I), and is used for speed control
with PG (encoder) feedback.

NOTE
The parameter can be set during operation for easy tuning.

10 - 14 Speed Control Output Frequency Limit Unit: 0.01


Settings 0.00 to 100.00 Hz Factory Setting: 10.00

This parameter limits the amount of correction by the PI control on the output frequency when
controlling speed via PG (encoder) feedback. It can limit the maximum output frequency.

Sample time for refreshing the content of 210DH and


10 - 15
210EH
Settings 0.01~1.00 seconds Factory Setting: 0.10

When the signal source of feedback control is PG (encoder) and it needs to read the pulse
numbers from communication, this parameter can be used to set the refresh time of two
communication addresses (210D and 210E).

Speed Control Diagram

Frequency
command
+
+ Output
Speed
Detection
-
P
10-12
+ Frequency
Limit
+ 10-14

I
10-13

Speed Control Diagram

5-100 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series

Group 11: Fan and Pump Control Parameters

11 - 00 V/f Curve Selection

Factory Setting: 00
Settings 00 V/f curve determined by Pr.01-00 to Pr.01-06.
01 1.5 power curve
02 1.7 power curve
03 Square curve
04 Cube curve

Confirm the load curve and select the proper V/f curve before use.
The available V/f curves are shown below:

01-02
Voltage100%
100 1.5 power curve
90
80 1.7 power curve
70
60 Square power curve
50 Cube power curve
40
30
20 01-01
10 Freq. %
0 20 40 60 80 100
V/F Curve Diagram

11 - 01 Start-up Frequency of the Auxiliary Motor Unit: 0.01


Settings 0.00 to 400.00 Hz Factory Setting: 0.00

This parameter serves as a reference for the startup value of the auxiliary motor. If the setting
is 0, the auxiliary motor cannot be activated.

11 - 02 Stop Frequency of the Auxiliary Motor Unit: 0.01


Settings 0.00 to 400.00 Hz Factory Setting: 0.00

When the output frequency reaches this parameter value, the auxiliary motor will be stopped.

There must be a minimum of 5 Hz difference between the start frequency and stop frequency
of auxiliary motor. (Pr.11-01-Pr.11-02) > 5 Hz.

11 - 03 Time Delay before Starting the Auxiliary Motor Unit: 0.1


Settings 0.0 to 3600.0 sec Factory Setting: 0.0

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 5-101


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series


11 - 04 Time Delay before Stopping the Auxiliary Motor Unit: 0.1
Settings 0.0 to 3600.0 sec Factory Setting: 0.0

The number of Multi-function Output terminals set to 16, 17, 18 decides the number of auxiliary
motors. The maximum is three.

The start/stop frequency of the auxiliary motor must have a minimum of 5Hz difference.
The start/stop delay time can prevent the AC motor drive from overloaded during
starting/stopping.

These parameters determine the starting sequence of auxiliary motors.


The auxiliary motor started first will be stopped first.
Example: Start sequence: motor 1 -> motor 2 -> motor 3

Stop sequence: motor 1 -> motor 2 -> motor 3


The flowchart of auxiliary motor start/stop sequence:
Pr.11-01 Start-up frequency = 50 Hz, Pr.11-02 Stop frequency = 20 Hz
Pr.11-03 Time delay before start up = 10 sec, Pr.11-04 Time delay before stopping = 5 sec

Output frequency of
master motor

H 50 NO H 20 NO
Output Freq. Output Freq.

YES YES
11-03 11-04
Start delay timer Stop delay timer
of auxiliary of auxiliary
motor begins motor begins

NO NO
Counter 10 sec Counter 5 sec

YES YES
Start the Stop the
auxiliary motor auxiliary motor
in order in order

5-102 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series


11 - 05 Sleep/Wake Up Detection Time Unit: 0.1
Settings 0.0 to 6550.0 sec Factory Setting: 0.0

11 - 06 Sleep Frequency Unit: 0.01

Settings 0.00 to Fmax Hz Factory Setting: 0.00


11 - 07 Wakeup Frequency Unit: 0.01
Settings 0.00 to Fmax Hz Factory Setting: 0.00

When the actual output frequency ≤ Pr.11-06 and the time exceeds the setting of Pr.11-05,
the AC motor drive will be in sleep mode.

When the actual frequency command > Pr.11-07 and the time exceeds the setting of Pr.11-05,
the AC motor drive will restart.
When the AC motor drive is in sleep mode, frequency command is still calculated by PID.
When frequency reaches wake up frequency, AC motor drive will accelerate from Pr.01-05 min.
frequency by V/f curve.
The wake up frequency must be higher than sleep frequency.

Frequency

frequency calculated by PID

11-07 The limit of


decel. time output
11-06 frequency

01-08
The limit of
01-05 accel. time

Time
11-05

Fmin lower bound


of frequency Fsleep

Fcmd=0 Fmin<Fsleep< lower bound


of frequency
Fout = 0

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 5-103


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series

When output frequency ≦ sleep frequency and time > detection time, it will go into sleep mode.
When min. output frequency ≦ PID frequency ≦ lower bound of frequency and sleep function
is enabled (output frequency ≦ sleep frequency and time > detection time), frequency will be 0
(in sleep mode). If sleep function is disabled, frequency command = lower bound frequency.
When PID frequency < min. output frequency and sleep function is enabled (output frequency
≦ sleep frequency and time > detection time), output frequency =0 (in sleep mode).

If output frequency ≦ sleep frequency but time < detection time, frequency command = lower
frequency. If sleep function is disabled, output frequency =0.

5-104 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 5 Parameters|VFD-B Series


This page intentionally left blank.

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 5-105


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 6 Fault Code Information

The AC motor drive has a comprehensive fault diagnostic system that includes several different
alarms and fault messages. Once a fault is detected, the corresponding protective functions will be
activated. The following faults are displayed as shown on the AC motor drive digital keypad display.
The four most recent faults can be read from the digital keypad or communication.

NOTE
Wait 5 seconds after a fault has been cleared before performing reset via keypad of input terminal.

6.1 Common Problems and Solutions

Fault
Fault Descriptions Corrective Actions
Name

1. Check if motor power corresponds with the


AC motor drive output power.
Over current 2. Check the wiring connections to U, V, W for
Abnormal increase in current. possible short circuits.
3. Check the wiring connections between the AC
motor drive and motor for possible short
circuits, also to ground.
4. Check for loose contacts between AC motor
drive and motor.
5. Increase the Acceleration Time.
6. Check for possible excessive loading
IGBT protection conditions at the motor.
(Insulated Gate Bipolar 7. If there are still any abnormal conditions when
Transistor) operating the AC motor drive after a short-
circuit is removed and the other points above
are checked, it should be sent back to
manufacturer.

1. Check if the input voltage falls within the


rated AC motor drive input voltage range.
2. Check for possible voltage transients.
Over voltage
3. DC-bus over-voltage may also be caused by
The DC bus voltage has
motor regeneration. Either increase the
exceeded its maximum
Decel. Time or add an optional brake resistor
allowable value.
(and brake unit).
4. Check whether the required brake power is
within the specified limits.

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 6-1


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 6 Fault Code Information|VFD-B Series


Fault
Fault Descriptions Corrective Actions
Name
1. Ensure that the ambient temperature falls
within the specified temperature range.
2. Make sure that the ventilation holes are not
obstructed.
Overheating 3. Remove any foreign objects from the
Heat sink temperature too high heatsinks and check for possible dirty heat
sink fins.
4. Check the fan and clean it.
5. Provide enough spacing for adequate
ventilation. (See chapter 2)
Low voltage 1. Check whether the input voltage falls within
The AC motor drive detects the AC motor drive rated input voltage range.
that the DC bus voltage has 2. Check for abnormal load in motor.
fallen below its minimum 3. Check for correct wiring of input power to R-
value. S-T (for 3-phase models) without phase loss.
Overload
The AC motor drive detects 1. Check whether the motor is overloaded.
excessive drive output current. 2. Reduce torque compensation setting in Pr.7-
NOTE: The AC motor drive 02.
can withstand up to 150% of 3. Use the next higher power AC motor drive
the rated current for a model.
maximum of 60 seconds.
1. Check for possible motor overload.
2. Check electronic thermal overload setting.
Overload 1 3. Use a higher power motor.
Internal electronic overload trip 4. Reduce the current level so that the drive
output current does not exceed the value set
by the Motor Rated Current Pr.7-00.
1. Reduce the motor load.
Overload 2
2. Adjust the over-torque detection setting to an
Motor overload.
appropriate setting (Pr.06-03 to Pr.06-05).

GFF hardware error

CC (current clamp)
Return to the factory.
OC hardware error

OV hardware error

1. Check the RS485 connection between the AC


motor drive and RS485 master for loose wires
and wiring to correct pins.
2. Check if the communication protocol, address,
Communication Error
transmission speed, etc. are properly set.
3. Use the correct checksum calculation.
4. Please refer to group 9 in the chapter 5 for
detail information.

6-2 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 6 Fault Code Information|VFD-B Series


Fault
Fault Descriptions Corrective Actions
Name
1. Short-circuit at motor output: Check for
possible poor insulation at the output lines.
2. Torque boost too high: Decrease the torque
compensation setting in Pr.7-02.
Over-current during
3. Acceleration Time too short: Increase the
acceleration
Acceleration Time.
4. AC motor drive output power is too small:
Replace the AC motor drive with the next
higher power model.
1. Short-circuit at motor output: Check for
possible poor insulation at the output line.
2. Deceleration Time too short: Increase the
Over-current during
Deceleration Time.
deceleration
3. AC motor drive output power is too small:
Replace the AC motor drive with the next
higher power model.
1. Short-circuit at motor output: Check for
possible poor insulation at the output line.
2. Sudden increase in motor loading: Check for
Over-current during
possible motor stall.
constant speed operation
3. AC motor drive output power is too small:
Replace the AC motor drive with the next
higher power model.
1. Input EF (N.O.) on external terminal is closed
to GND. Output U, V, W will be turned off.
External Fault
2. Give RESET command after fault has been
cleared.
1. When the multi-function input terminals MI1 to
MI6 are set to emergency stop (setting 19 or
Emergency stop 20), the AC motor drive stops output U, V, W
and the motor coasts to stop.
2. Press RESET after fault has been cleared.
Internal EEPROM can not be
Return to the factory.
programmed.
Internal EEPROM can not be
Return to the factory.
read.
U-phase error
V-phase error
W-phase error
Return to the factory.
OV or LV
Current sensor error
OH error
Software protection failure Return to the factory.
Keypad will be locked. Turn the power ON after
Password is locked. power OFF to re-enter the correct password. See
Pr.00-07 and 00-08.
1. Check if the motor is suitable for operation by
AC motor drive.
Auto accel/decel failure
2. Check if the regenerative energy is too large.
3. Load may have changed suddenly.

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 6-3


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 6 Fault Code Information|VFD-B Series


Fault
Fault Descriptions Corrective Actions
Name
When (one of) the output terminal(s) is grounded,
short circuit current is more than 50% of AC motor
drive rated current, the AC motor drive power
module may be damaged.
NOTE: The short circuit protection is provided
Ground fault for AC motor drive protection, not for
protection of the user.
1. Check whether the IGBT power module is
damaged.
2. Check for possible poor insulation at the
output line.
1. When the external input terminal (B.B) is
active, the AC motor drive output will be
External Base Block.
turned off.
(Refer to Pr. 08-06)
2. Deactivate the external input terminal (B.B) to
operate the AC motor drive again.
1. Check parameter settings and wiring of Analog
feedback (Pr.10-00).
Analog feedback error or
2. Check for possible fault between system
ACI open circuit
response time and the feedback signal
detection time (Pr.10-08).
1. Check parameter settings and signal type of
PG feedback signal error PG feedback (Pr.10-10 and Pr.10-11).
2. Check if the wiring of PG card is correct.
1. Check cabling between drive and motor
Auto Tuning Error
2. Check Pr.07-05
EF when preliminary count 1. Check counter trigger signal
value attained 2. Check Pr.03-09, Pr.03-11setting
1. Check Load current
Under Current
2. Check Pr.06-12 to Pr.06-15 setting
Phase Loss Check input phase wiring for loose contacts.

6.2 Reset

There are three methods to reset the AC motor drive after solving the fault:
STOP
1. Press RESET key on PU01.
2. Set external terminal to “RESET” (set one of Pr.04-04~Pr.04-09 to 05) and then set to be ON.
3. Send “RESET” command by communication.

NOTE
Make sure that RUN command or signal is OFF before executing RESET to prevent damage or

personal injury due to immediate operation.

6-4 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 7 Troubleshooting

7.1 Over Current (OC)


ocA o cd OC
Ov er-cur re nt Over- c ur rent Ove r curren t
dur ing ac c eleratio n dur ing decele ration

Remove short c ircuit Yes Check if there is any short c irc uits and
or groun d fault groun ding between t he U, V, W and motor
No No No

Reduce the load or Yes


increase the power Check if load is too large
of AC motor drive
No No No

No Reduce tor que No Suitable tor que


compen sation compensation

Yes Ye s

Red uce tor que


com pensa tion
Check if Check if
No acceler ation time No dec eleration time
is too short by is too short by
load inertia. loa d inertia.
Ye s Yes
Maybe AC motor dri ve
has malfunction or error
due to noise. Pleas e
contact DELTA. No Has l oad cha nged
suddenly?
Ye s

Yes Can ac celerati on Yes Can dec elerati on


time be made longer? time be made l onger?

No No
Inc re ase ac cel/dec el R educe load or increase
time the pow er of AC motor
driv e

Reduce lo ad or in crease Check br ake


the power of AC motor me thod. P lease
dri ve co ntact D ELTA

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 7-1


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 7 Troubleshooting |VFD-B Series

7.2 Ground Fault

Is output circuit(cable or Maybe AC motor drive has


GFF No malfunction or misoperation
motor) of AC motor drive
Ground fault grounded? due to noise. Please
contact DELTA.
Yes

Remove ground fault

7.3 Over Voltage (OV)

Over voltage

Reduce voltage to No Is voltage within


be within spec. specification
Yes

Yes
Has over-voltage occurred without load

Maybe AC motor drive No


has malfunction or
misoperation due to No When OV occurs, check if the
noise. Please contact voltage of DC BUS is greater
DELTA. than protection value
Yes Yes

No Dose OV occur when Increase Yes


sudden acceleration deceleration
stops time
Yes No

Increase Yes
acceleration Increase setting time
time
No
Need to consider using
Reduce moment No brake unit or
Reduce moment of load inertia DC brake
of inertia
No

No
Use brake unit or DC brake
Yes

Need to check control method. Please contact DELTA.

7-2 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 7 Troubleshooting |VFD-B Series

7.4 Low Voltage (Lv)

Low voltage

Is input power correct? Or power cut, Yes


including momentary power loss Restart after reset

No

Check if there is any malfunction Yes Change defective component


component or disconnection in and check connection
power supply circuit
No

Make necessary corrections,


Check if voltage is No
such as change power supply
within specification
system for requirement
Yes

Check if there is heavy load Yes Using the different power


with high start current in the supply for this drive and
same power system heavy load system
No

No
Check if Lv occurs when Yes Suitable power
breaker and magnetic transformer capacity
contactor is ON
No Yes

Check if voltage between +1/+2


and - is greater than No
200VDC (for 230V models) Maybe AC motor drive has malfunction.
400VDC (for 460V models) Please contact DELTA.
517VDC (for 575V models)
Yes

Control circuit has malfunction or


misoperation due to noise. Please
contact DELTA.

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 7-3


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 7 Troubleshooting |VFD-B Series

7.5 Over Heat (OH)

AC motor driv e overheats

Heat sink overheats

Check if temper atur e of heat si nk No Temperature detection mal functions.


O
is greater than 90 C Please contac t DELTA.
Yes

Yes
Is load too large Reduc e load
No

No
If cooling fan functions normally Change cooling fan

Yes

Yes
Check if cooling fan is jammed Remove obstruc tion

No

Check if sur roundi ng temper atur e Yes Maybe AC motor drive has malfunction or
is withi n specific ation misoperation due to noise. Pleas e contact
DELTA.
No

Adjust surrounding temperature


to speci fic ati on

7.6 Overload

OL OL1/ OL2

Check for correct settings at No


Modify setting
Pr. 06-06 and 06-07
Yes

No Maybe AC motor drive has malfunction


Is load too large
or misoperation due to noise.
Yes

Reduce load or increase the power of AC motor drive

7-4 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 7 Troubleshooting |VFD-B Series

7.7 Display of PU01 is Abnormal

Abnormal display or no display


Yes

Cycle power to AC motor drive Fix connector and eliminate noise

No

Display normal? No Check if all connectors are connect


correctly and no noise is present

Yes Yes

AC motor drive works normally


AC motor drive has malfunction.
Please contact DELTA.

7.8 Phase Loss (PHL)

Phase loss

No
Check wiring at R, S and T terminals Correct wiring

Yes

No Tighten all screws


Check if the screws of terminals are tightened

Yes

Yes Please check the wiring


Check if the input voltage of R, S, T is unbalanced
and power system for
abnormal power
No

Maybe AC motor drive has malfunction or misoperation


due to noise. Please contact DELTA.

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 7-5


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 7 Troubleshooting |VFD-B Series

7.9 Motor cannot Run

Check PU01 Check if non-fuse No


No
Motor cannot run for normal breaker and magnetic Set them to ON
display contactor are ON
Yes
Yes
Reset after clearing Yes Check if there is any Check if any faults
fault and then RUN fault code displayed Check if input No occur, such as
voltage is normal Lv, PHL or
disconnection
No Yes

It can run when If jumper or DC


no faults occur Input "RUN" No No Use jumper
command reactor is connected
or DC reactor
by keypad between +1 and +2/B1

Yes
Yes
Press RUN key to
check if it can run Maybe AC motor drive has malfunction or misoperation
due to noise. Please contact DELTA.
Press UP key to
set frequency
Check if the wiring
No Check if input FWD No of terminal FWD Yes
Yes
or REV command and between Change switch or relay
Press UP to
REV-DCM is correct
check if motor Yes
can run
No
No No
No Set frequency or not
Correct connection
Modify frequency Yes
setting No
if upper bound freq.
and setting freq. is Check if the parameter
lower than the min. setting and wiring of Yes Change defective
output freq. analog signal and potentiometer and
multi-step speed relay
No are correct

Motor has malfunction Check if there is any


output voltage from No Maybe AC motor drive has malfunction.
terminals U, V and W Please contact DELTA.
No
If load is too large Yes
Yes
Yes Check if motor No
connection Connect correctly
Check if the setting is correct
of torque Yes
compensation
is correct
Motor is locked due to large load, please reduce load.
No For example, if there is a brake, check if it is released.

Increase the setting of


torque compensation

7-6 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 7 Troubleshooting |VFD-B Series

7.10 Motor Speed cannot be Changed

Motor can run but


cannot change speed

Yes Check if the setting of the


Modify the setting max. frequency is too low
Yes
No
If the setting of
Pr.05-17toPr.05-31 Check to see if frequency is
Yes
Yes is too high out of range (upper/lower) Modify the setting
boundaries
No
No
Press UP/DOWN key
Yes If finished with Yes
No to see if speed has
executing Is it in PLC mode
Yes any change
Pr.05-15
No
If there is any change
Yes If the setting of of the signal that sets Yes
Pr.05-00 to Pr.05-14 frequency (0-10V and
are the same 4-20mA)

No Check if the wiring between No


M1~M6 to DCM is correct No
No Check if the wiring of
external terminal is correct
Yes
Correct Yes
wiring
Check if frequency for
each step is different Change defective
No potentiometer
Yes
Change frequencysetting
No Check if accel./decel.
time is set correctly
Yes

Please set suitable


accel./decel. time by
load inertia

Maybe AC motor drive has malfunction or misoperation


due to noise. Please contact DELTA.

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 7-7


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 7 Troubleshooting |VFD-B Series

7.11 Motor Stalls during Acceleration

Motor stalls during Check if acceleration Yes Increase setting time


acceleration time is too short
No
Yes
Check if the inertia Yes
of the motor and load Use special motor?
is too high
No
No

Thicken or shorten the Reduce load or


Yes Check for low voltage
wiring between the increase the capacity
at input
motor or AC motor drive of AC motor drive
No
Reduce load or Yes Check if the load torque
increase the capacity
is too high
of AC motor drive
No
Maybe AC motor drive has
Check if the torque Yes malfunction or misoperation
compensation is suitable due to noise. Please contact
DELTA
No

Increase torque compensation

7.12 The Motor does not Run as Expected

Motor does not run Check Pr. 01-01 thru Pr. 01-06 No
and torque compensation Adjust Pr.01-01 to Pr.01-06
as expected and lower torque compensation
settings
Yes

Yes
Run in low speed continuously Please use specific motor

No

Yes Reduce load or increase the


Is load too large
capacity of AC motor drive
No

Check if output voltage of U, V, W Yes Motor has malfunction


is balanced
No

Maybe AC motor drive has malfunction or misoperation


due to noise. Please contact DELTA.

7-8 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 7 Troubleshooting |VFD-B Series

7.13 Electromagnetic/Induction Noise

There are many noises surround the AC motor drives and invade it by radiation or power circuit. It
may cause the misoperation of control circuit and even damage the AC motor drive. Of course, that
is a solution to increase the noise tolerance of AC motor drive. But it is not the best one due to the
limit. Therefore, solve it from the outside as following will be the best.
1. Add surge suppressor on the relay or contact to suppress switching surge between ON/OFF.
2. Shorten the wiring length of the control circuit or serial circuit and separate from the main AC
circuit wiring.
3. Comply with the wiring regulation for those shielded wire and use isolation amplifier for long
wire length.
4. The grounding terminal should comply with the local regulation and ground independently, i.e.
not to have common ground with electric welding machine and power equipment.
5. Connect a noise filter at the input terminal of the AC motor drive to prevent noise from power
circuit.

In a word, three-level solutions for electromagnetic noise are “no product”, “no spread” and “no
receive”.

7.14 Environmental Condition

Since the AC motor drive is an electronic device, you should comply with the environmental
condition stated in the Chapter 2.1. The following steps should also be followed.

1. To prevent vibration, anti-vibration spacer is the last choice. The vibration tolerance must be
within the specification. The vibration effect is equal to the mechanical stress and it cannot
occur frequently, continuously or repeatedly to prevent damaging to the AC motor drive.
2. Store in a clean and dry location free from corrosive fumes/dust to prevent corrosion and poor
contacts. It also may cause short by low insulation in a humid location. The solution is to use
both paint and dust-proof. For particular occasion, use the enclosure with whole-seal structure.
3. The surrounding temperature should be within the specification. Too high or low temperature
will affect the lifetime and reliability. For semiconductor components, damage will occur once
any specification is out of range. Therefore, it is necessary to clean and periodical check for the
air cleaner and cooling fan besides having cooler and sunshade. In additional, the
microcomputer may not work in extreme low temperature and needs to have heater.
4. Store within a relative humidity range of 0% to 90% and non-condensing environment. Do not
turn off the air conditioner and have exsiccator for it.

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 7-9


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 7 Troubleshooting |VFD-B Series

7.15 Affecting Other Machines

AC motor drive may affect the operation of other machine due to many reasons. The solutions are
as follows.

„ High Harmonic at Power Side


If there is high harmonic at power side during running, the improved methods are:
1. Separate power system: use transformer for AC motor drive.
2. Use reactor at the power input terminal of AC motor drive or decrease high harmonic by

multiple circuit.
3. If phase lead capacitors are used (never on the AC motor drive output!!), use serial
reactors to prevent capacitors damage from high harmonics.

serial reactor

phase lead capacitor

„ Motor Temperature Rises


When the motor is induction motor with ventilation-cooling-type used in variety speed operation,
bad cooling will happen in the low speed. Therefore, it may overheat. Besides, high harmonic is in
output waveform to increase copper loss and iron loss. Following measures should be used by
load situation and operation range when necessary.
1. Use the motor with independent power ventilation or increase the horsepower.
2. Use inverter duty motor.

3. Do NOT run at low speeds for long time.

7-10 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 8 Maintenance and Inspections

Modern AC motor drives are based on solid state electronics technology. Preventive maintenance
is required to operate this AC motor drive in its optimal condition, and to ensure a long life. It is
recommended to have a check-up of the AC motor drive performed by a qualified technician.

Daily Inspection:

Basic check-up items to detect if there were any abnormalities during operation are:

1. Whether the motors are operating as expected.


2. Whether the installation environment is abnormal.
3. Whether the cooling system is operating as expected.
4. Whether any irregular vibration or sound occurred during operation.
5. Whether the motors are overheating during operation.
6. Always check the input voltage of the AC drive with a Voltmeter.

Periodic Inspection:

Before the check-up, always turn off the AC input power and remove the cover. Wait at least 10
minutes after all display lamps have gone out, and then confirm that the capacitors have fully
discharged by measuring the voltage between +1/+2 and -. The voltage between +1/+2 and -
should be less than 25VDC.

DANGER!

1. Disconnect AC power before processing!


2. Only qualified personnel can install, wire and maintain AC motor drives. Please take off any
metal objects, such as watches and rings, before operation. And only insulated tools are
allowed.
3. Never reassemble internal components or wiring.
4. Prevent electric shocks.

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 8-1


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 8 Maintenance and Inspections|VFD-B Series


Periodical Maintenance

„ Ambient environment
Maintenance
Period
Check Items Methods and Criterion
Half One
Daily
Year Year
Check the ambient temperature,
Visual inspection and measurement
humidity, vibration and see if
with equipment with standard {
there is any dust, gas, oil or
specification
water drops
Check for any dangerous
Visual inspection {
objects near drive and motor

„ Voltage
Maintenance
Period
Check Items Methods and Criterion
Half One
Daily
Year Year

Check if the voltage of main


Measure with multimeter with standard
circuit and control circuit is {
specification
correct

„ Keypad
Maintenance
Period
Check Items Methods and Criterion
Half One
Daily
Year Year

Is the display clear for reading Visual inspection {

Any missing characters Visual inspection {

„ Mechanical parts
Maintenance
Period
Check Items Methods and Criterion
Half One
Daily
Year Year
If there is any abnormal sound
Visual and aural inspection {
or vibration

If there are any loose screws Tighten the screws {

8-2 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 8 Maintenance and Inspections|VFD-B Series


Maintenance
Period
Check Items Methods and Criterion
Half One
Daily
Year Year

Check parts for deformity or


Visual inspection {
damaged

If there is any color change


Visual inspection {
caused by overheating

Check for dust and dirt Visual inspection {

„ Main circuit
Maintenance
Period
Check Items Methods and Criterion
Half One
Daily
Year Year

If there are any loose or missing


Tighten or replace the screw {
screws
If machine or insulator is
Visual inspection
deformed, cracked, damaged or
NOTE: Please ignore the color {
with color change due to
change of copper plate
overheating or ageing

Check for dust and dirt Visual inspection {

„ Terminals and wiring of main circuit


Maintenance
Period
Check Items Methods and Criterion
Half One
Daily
Year Year

If the wiring is color change or


Visual inspection {
deformation due to overheat

If the insulator of wiring is


Visual inspection {
damaged or color change

If there is any damage Visual inspection {

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 8-3


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 8 Maintenance and Inspections|VFD-B Series

„ DC capacity of main circuit


Maintenance
Period
Check Items Methods and Criterion
Half One
Daily
Year Year
If there is any leak of liquid,
color change, crack or Visual inspection {
deformation

Measure static capacity when


required
Static capacity ≥ initial value X 0.85 {

„ Resistor of main circuit


Maintenance
Period
Check Items Methods and Criterion
Half One
Daily
Year Year

If there is any peculiar smell or


Visual inspection, smell {
insulator cracks due to overheat
Visual inspection or measure with
multimeter after removing wiring
If there is any disconnection between +1/+2 ~ - {
Resistor value should be within ± 10%

„ Transformer and reactor of main circuit


Maintenance
Period
Check Items Methods and Criterion
Half One
Daily
Year Year

If there is any abnormal vibration


Visual, aural inspection and smell {
or peculiar smell

„ Magnetic contactor and relay of main circuit


Maintenance
Period
Check Items Methods and Criterion
Half One
Daily
Year Year

If there are any loose screws Visual and aural inspection {


Check to see if contacts work
Visual inspection {
correctly

8-4 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 8 Maintenance and Inspections|VFD-B Series

„ Printed circuit board and connector of main circuit


Maintenance
Period
Check Items Methods and Criterion
Half One
Daily
Year Year

If there are any loose screws and Tighten the screws and press the
{
connectors connectors firmly in place.

If there is any peculiar smell and


Visual inspection {
color change

If there is any crack, damage,


Visual inspection {
deformation or corrosion

If there is any liquid is leaked or


Visual inspection {
deformation in capacity

„ Cooling fan of cooling system


Maintenance
Period
Check Items Methods and Criterion
Half One
Daily
Year Year

Visual, aural inspection and turn the


If there is any abnormal sound or fan with hand (turn off the power
{
vibration before operation) to see if it rotates
smoothly

If there is any loose screw Tighten the screw {

If there is any color change due to


Change fan {
overheat

„ Ventilation channel of cooling system


Maintenance
Period
Check Items Methods and Criterion
Half One
Daily
Year Year

If there is any obstruction in the


Visual inspection {
heat sink, air intake or air outlet

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 8-5


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Chapter 8 Maintenance and Inspections|VFD-B Series


This page intentionally left blank.

8-6 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Appendix A Specifications

Voltage Class 230V Class

Model Number VFD-XXXB 007 015 022 037 055 075 110 150 185 220 300 370
Max. Applicable Motor Output
0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37
(kW)
Max. Applicable Motor Output (hp) 1.0 2.0 3.0 5.0 7.5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50
Rated Output Capacity (kVA) 1.9 2.5 4.2 6.5 9.5 12.5 18.3 24.7 28.6 34.3 45.7 55.0
Output Rating

Rated Output Current (A) 5.0 7.0 11 17 25 33 49 65 75 90 120 145


Maximum Output Voltage (V) 3-Phase Proportional to Input Voltage
Output Frequency (Hz) 0.1~400 Hz
Carrier Frequency (kHz) 1-15 1-9
Single/3-phase 3-phase
Rated Input Current (A) 11.9/ 15.3/ 22/
20.6 26 34 50 60 75 90 110 142
5.7 7.6 15.5
Input Current for 1-phase
Input Rating

models when using 3-phase 7.0 9.4 14.0 --


power
Single/3-phase
3-phase
Rated Voltage/Frequency 200-240 V,
200-240V, 50/60Hz
50/60Hz
Voltage Tolerance ± 10%(180~264 V)
Frequency Tolerance ± 5%(47~63 Hz)
Cooling Method Natural Fan Cooled
Weight (kg) 2.7 3.2 4.5 6.8 8 10 13 13 13 13 36 36

Voltage Class 460V Class


Model Number VFD-XXXB 007 015 022 037 055 075 110 150 185 220 300 370 450 550 750
Max. Applicable Motor Output
0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75
(kW)
Max. Applicable Motor Output (hp) 1.0 2.0 3.0 5.0 7.5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100
Rated Output Capacity (kVA) 2.3 3.2 4.2 6.5 9.9 13.7 18.3 24.4 28.9 34.3 45.7 55.6 69.3 84 114
Output Rating

Rated Output Current (A) 2.7 4.2 5.5 8.5 13 18 24 32 38 45 60 73 91 110 150
Maximum Output Voltage (V) 3-phase Proportional to Input Voltage
Output Frequency (Hz) 0.1~400 Hz
Carrier Frequency (kHz) 1-15 1-9 1-6
3-phase
Rated Input Current (A)
Input Rating

3.2 4.3 5.9 11.2 14 19 25 32 39 49 60 63 90 130 160


Rated Voltage 3-phase 380 to 480 V
Voltage Tolerance ± 10%(342~528 V)
Frequency Tolerance ± 5%(47~63 Hz)
Cooling Method Natural Fan Cooled
Weight (kg) 2.7 3.2 4.5 6.8 8 10 13 13 13 13 36 36 36 50 50

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00

CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Appendix A Specifications|VFD-B Series

Voltage Class 575V Class

Model Number VFD-XXXB 007 015 022 037 055 075 110 150 185 220 300 370 450 550 750

Max. Applicable Motor Output


0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75
(kW)
Max. Applicable Motor Output (hp) 1.0 2.0 3.0 5.0 7.5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100

Rated Output Capacity (kVA) 1.7 3.5 4.5 7.5 10 13.4 18.9 21.9 26.9 33.9 40.8 51.8 61.7 79.7 99.6
Output Rating

Rated Output Current (A) 1.7 3.5 4.5 7.5 10 13.5 19 22 27 34 41 52 62 80 100
Maximum Output Voltage (V) 3-phase Proportional to Input Voltage
Output Frequency (Hz) 0.1~400 Hz
Carrier Frequency (kHz) 1-10 1-8 1-6
3-phase
Rated Input Current (A)
Input Rating

1.2 3.1 4.0 8.3 10.3 13.8 18.2 22 27.7 32 41 52 62 74 91


Rated Voltage 3-phase 500 to 600 V
Voltage Tolerance -15% ~ +10% (425~660V)
Frequency Tolerance ± 5% (47~63Hz)
Cooling Method Natural Fan Cooled
Weight (kg) 2.7 3.2 4.5 6.8 8 10 13 13 13 13 36 36 36 50 50

General Specifications
SPWM(Sinusoidal Pulse Width Modulation) control (V/f or sensorless vector
Control System
control)
Frequency Setting
0.01Hz
Resolution
Output Frequency Resolution 0.01Hz
Control Characteristics

Including the auto-torque, auto-slip compensation; starting torque can be 150%


Torque Characteristics
at 1.0Hz
Overload Endurance 150% of rated current for 1 minute
Skip Frequency Three zones, settings range 0.1-400Hz
Accel/Decel Time 0.1 to 3600 seconds (4 Independent settings for Accel/Decel time)
Stall Prevention Level 20 to 250%, setting of rated current
Operation frequency 0.1-400.0Hz, output 0-100% rated current
DC Brake
Start time 0-60 seconds, stop time 0-60 seconds
Approx. 20%(up to 125% possible with option brake resistor or brake unit
Regenerated Brake Torque
externally mounted, 1-15HP brake chopper built-in)
V/f Pattern Adjustable V/f pattern, 1.5 power curve, 1.7 power curve, square and cube curve
Keypad Setting by
Frequency
Operating Characteristics

Setting Potentiometer-5kΩ/0.5W, 0 to +10VDC; -10 to +10VDC, 4 to 20mA RS-485


External Signal
interface; Multi-Function Inputs 1 to 6 (15 steps, Jog, up/down)
Operation Keypad Set by RUN, STOP and JOG
Setting 2 wires/3 wires (Fwd, Rev, EF), JOG operation, RS-485 serial interface
Signal External Signal
(MODBUS), process logic control
Multi-step selection 0 to 15, Jog, accel/decel inhibit, first to forth accel/decel
switches, counter, PLC operation, external Base Block (NC, NO), auxiliary motor
Multi-Function Input Signal
control is invalid, ACI/AVI/AUI selections, driver reset, UP/DOWN key settings,
sink/source selection and reel diameter initialization

A-2 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Appendix A Specifications|VFD-B Series


General Specifications
AC drive operating, frequency attained, non-zero, Base Block, fault indication,
Multi-Function Output
local/remote indication, PLC operation indication, auxiliary motor output, driver is
Indication
ready, overheat alarm, emergency stop and signal loss alarm
Analog Output Signal Output frequency/current/voltage/frequency command/speed/factor
Contact will be On when it malfunctions (1 Form C contact or 3 open collector
Alarm Output Contact
outputs)
AVR, accel/decel S-Curve, over-voltage/over-current stall prevention, fault
records, reverse inhibition, momentary power loss restart, DC brake, auto
torque/slip compensation, auto tuning, adjustable carrier frequency, output
frequency limits, parameter lock/reset, vector control, counter, PG feedback
Operation Functions
control, PID control, fan & pump control, external counter, PLC, MODBUS
communication, abnormal reset, abnormal re-start, power-saving, sleep/revival
function, digital frequency output, fan control, sleep/wake frequency,
master/auxiliary frequency, 1st/2nd frequency source selections
Over voltage, over current, under voltage, under current, external fault, overload,
Protection Functions
ground fault, overheating, electronic thermal, IGBT short circuit
8-key, 7-segment LED with 5-digit, 8 status LEDs, master frequency, output
Display Keypads frequency, output current, custom units, parameter values for setup and lock,
faults, RUN, STOP, RESET, FWD/REV, JOG

Enclosure Rating IP20


Enviromental Conditions

Pollution Degree 2
Installation Location Altitude 1,000 m or lower, keep from corrosive gasses, liquid and dust

Ambient Temperature -10oC to 40oC Non-Condensing and not frozen


Storage/ Transportation
-20 oC to 60 oC
Temperature
Ambient Humidity Below 90% RH (non-condensing)
Vibration 9.80665m/s2 (1G) less than 20Hz, 5.88m/s2 (0.6G) at 20 to 50Hz

Approvals

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 A-3


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Appendix A Specifications|VFD-B Series


This page intentionally left blank.

A-4 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Appendix B Accessories

B.1 All Brake Resistors & Brake Units Used in AC Motor Drives

Note: Please only use DELTA resistors and recommended values. Other resistors and values will
void Delta’s warranty. Please contact your nearest Delta representative for use of special resistors.
For instance, in 460V series, 100hp/75kW, the AC motor drive needs 2 brake units with total of 16
brake resistors, so each brake unit uses 8 brake resistors. The brake unit should be at least 10 cm
away from AC motor drive to avoid possible interference. Refer to the “Brake Unit Module User
Manual” for further details.
Applicable Full Resistor Min. Equivalent
Brake Unit Brake Resistors Brake
Voltage

Motor Load value spec Resistor Value


Part No. and Part No. and Torque
Torque for each AC for each AC
hp kW Quantity Quantity 10%ED
Nm Motor Drive Motor Drive
1 0.75 0.427 80W 200Ω BR080W200 1 125 82Ω
2 1.5 0.849 300W 100Ω BR300W100 1 125 82Ω
3 2.2 1.262 300W 100Ω BR300W100 1 125 82Ω
5 3.7 2.080 400W 40Ω BR400W040 1 125 33Ω
230V Series

7.5 5.5 3.111 500W 30Ω BR500W030 1 125 30Ω


10 7.5 4.148 1000W 20Ω BR1K0W020 1 125 20Ω
15 11 6.186 2400W 13.6Ω BR1K2W6P8 2 125 13.6Ω
20 15 8.248 3000W 10Ω 2015 1 BR1K5W005 2 125 10Ω
25 18.5 10.281 4800W 8Ω 2022 1 BR1K2W008 4 125 8Ω
30 22 12.338 4800W 6.8Ω 2022 1 BR1K2W6P8 4 125 6.8Ω
40 30 16.497 6000W 5Ω 2015 2 BR1K5W005 4 125 5Ω
50 37 20.6 9600W 4Ω 2015 2 BR1K2W008 8 125 4Ω
1 0.75 0.427 80W 750Ω BR080W750 1 125 160Ω
2 1.5 0.849 300W 400Ω BR300W400 1 125 160Ω
3 2.2 1.262 300W 250Ω BR300W250 1 125 160Ω
5 3.7 2.080 400W 150Ω BR400W150 1 125 130Ω
7.5 5.5 3.111 500W 100Ω BR500W100 1 125 91Ω
10 7.5 4.148 1000W 75Ω BR1K0W075 1 125 62Ω
460V Series

15 11 6.186 1000W 50Ω BR1K0W050 1 125 39Ω


20 15 8.248 1500W 40Ω 4030 1 BR1K5W040 1 125 40Ω
25 18.5 10.281 4800W 32Ω 4030 1 BR1K2W008 4 125 32Ω
30 22 12.338 4800W 27.2Ω 4030 1 BR1K2W6P8 4 125 27.2Ω
40 30 16.497 6000W 20Ω 4030 1 BR1K5W005 4 125 20Ω
50 37 20.6 9600W 16Ω 4045 1 BR1K2W008 8 125 16Ω
60 45 24.745 9600W 13.6Ω 4045 1 BR1K2W6P8 8 125 13.6Ω
75 55 31.11 12000W 10Ω 4030 2 BR1K5W005 8 125 10Ω
100 75 42.7 19200W 6.8Ω 4045 2 BR1K2W6P8 16 125 6.8Ω

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 B-1


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Appendix B Accessories|VFD-B Series


Applicable Full Resistor Min. Equivalent
Brake Unit Brake Resistors Brake
Voltage

Motor Load value spec Resistor Value


Part No. and Part No. and Torque
Torque for each AC for each AC
hp kW Quantity Quantity 10%ED
Nm Motor Drive Motor Drive
1 0.75 0.427 300W 400Ω BR300W400 1 125 200Ω
2 1.5 0.849 300W 250Ω BR300W250 1 125 200Ω
3 2.2 1.262 400W 150Ω BR400W150 1 125 130Ω
5 3.7 2.080 400W 150Ω BR400W150 1 125 130Ω
7.5 5.5 3.111 500W 100Ω BR500W100 1 125 82Ω
10 7.5 4.148 500W 100Ω BR500W100 1 125 82Ω
575V Series

15 11 6.186 500W 100Ω BR500W100 1 125 82Ω


20 15 8.248 3000W 60Ω 5055 1 BR1K0W020 3 125 60Ω
25 18.5 10.281 4000W 50Ω 5055 1 BR1K0W050 4 125 50Ω
30 22 12.338 6000W 40Ω 5055 1 BR1K2W008 5 125 40Ω
40 30 16.497 6000W 34Ω 5055 1 BR1K2W6P8 5 125 34Ω
50 37 20.6 7500W 25Ω 5055 1 BR1K5W005 5 125 25Ω
60 45 24.745 12000W 20Ω 5055 1 BR1K2W008 10 125 20Ω
75 55 31.11 12000W 17Ω 5055 1 BR1K2W6P8 10 125 17Ω
100 75 42.7 15000W 12.5Ω 5055 2 BR1K5W005 10 125 12.5Ω

NOTE
1. Please select the factory setting resistance value (Watt) and the duty-cycle value (ED%).
2. If damage to the drive or other equipment are due to the fact that the brake resistors and the
brake modules in use are not provided by Delta, the warranty will be void.
3. Take into consideration the safety of the environment when installing the brake resistors.
4. If the minimum resistance value is to be utilized, consult local dealers for the calculation of the
Watt figures.
5. Please select thermal relay trip contact to prevent resistor over load. Use the contact to switch
power off to the AC motor drive!
6. When using more than 2 brake units, equivalent resistor value of parallel brake unit can’t be
less than the value in the column “Minimum Equivalent Resistor Value for Each AC Drive” (the
right-most column in the table). An example of 575V 100HP, the min. equivalent resistor value
for each AC motor drive is 12.5Ω with 2 brake units connection. Therefore, the equivalent
resistor value for each brake unit should be 25Ω.
7. Please read the wiring information in the user manual of brake unit thoroughly prior to taking
into operation.

B-2 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Appendix B Accessories|VFD-B Series


8. Definition for Brake Usage ED%
Explanation: The definition of the barking usage ED(%) is for assurance of enough time for the
brake unit and brake resistor to dissipate away heat generated by braking. When the brake
resistor heats up, the resistance would increase with temperature, and brake torque would
decrease accordingly. Suggest cycle time is one minute
100%

T1 ED% = T1/T0x100(%)
Brake Time
T0
Cycle Time

9. For safety reasons, install a thermal overload relay between brake unit and brake resistor.
Together with the magnetic contactor (MC) in the mains supply circuit to the drive it offers
protection in case of any malfunctioning. The purpose of installing the thermal overload relay is
to protect the brake resistor against damage due to frequent brake or in case the brake unit is
continuously on due to unusual high input voltage. Under these circumstances the thermal
overload relay switches off the power to the drive. Never let the thermal overload relay switch
off only the brake resistor as this will cause serious damage to the AC Motor Drive.
NFB
MC
R/L1 R/L1 U/T1
S/L2 S/L2 V/T2 IM
T/L3 T/L3 W/T3 MOTOR
Thermal Overload
O.L. VFD Series Relay
+ (P ) +(P ) B1
MC O.L.
Thermal - ( N) - ( N) Brake
Overload SA
Brake BR Resistor
Relay or Surge
temperature Absorber Unit
switch B2
Temperature
Switch
Note1: When using the AC drive with DC reactor, please refer to wiring diagram in the AC drive
user manual for the wiring of terminal +(P) of Brake unit.
Note2: Do NOT wire terminal -(N) to the neutral point of power system.

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 B-3


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Appendix B Accessories|VFD-B Series


B.1.1 Dimensions and Weights for Brake Resistors
(Dimensions are in millimeter)

Order P/N: BR080W200, BR080W750, BR300W070, BR300W100, BR300W250, BR300W400,


BR400W150, BR400W040

Model no. L1 L2 H D W Max. Weight (g)


BR080W200
140 125 20 5.3 60 160
BR080W750
BR300W070
BR300W100
215 200 30 5.3 60 750
BR300W250
BR300W400
BR400W150
265 250 30 5.3 60 930
BR400W040

B-4 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Appendix B Accessories|VFD-B Series


Order P/N: BR500W030, BR500W100, BR1KW020, BR1KW075

Max. Weight
Model no. L1 L2 H D W
(g)
BR500W030
335 320 30 5.3 60 1100
BR500W100
BR1KW020
400 385 50 5.3 100 2800
BR1KW075

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 B-5


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Appendix B Accessories|VFD-B Series


Order P/N: BR1K0W050, BR1K2W008, BR1K2W6P8, BR1K5W005, BR1K5W040

B.1.2 Specifications for Brake Unit


575V
230V Series 460V Series
Series
2015 2022 4030 4045 4132 5055
Max. Motor Power (kW) 15 22 30 45 132 55
Max. Peak Discharge Current
40 60 40 60 240 60
Output Rating

(A) 10%ED
Continuous Discharge Current
15 20 15 18 75 20
(A)
330/345/360/380 660/690/720/76 618/642/667
Brake Start-up Voltage (DC) /690/725/75 950±8V
/400/415±3V 0/800/830±6V
0±6V
607~
Rating
Input

DC Voltage 200~400VDC 400~800VDC 1000VD


C

Heat Sink Overheat Temperature over +95°C (203 oF)


Protection

Alarm Output Relay contact 5A 120VAC/28VDC (RA, RB, RC)

Power Charge Display Blackout until bus (+~-) voltage is below 50VDC
Installation Location Indoor (no corrosive gases, metallic dust)
Environment

Operating Temperature -10°C ∼ +50°C (14oF to 122oF)


Storage Temperature -20°C ∼ +60°C (-4oF to 140oF)
Humidity 90% Non-condensing
9.8m/s2 (1G) under 20Hz
Vibration
2m/s2 (0.2G) at 20~50Hz
Wall-mounted Enclosed Type IP50 IP10 IP50
B-6 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Appendix B Accessories|VFD-B Series

B.1.3 Dimensions for Brake Unit


(Dimensions are in millimeter[inch])

121.0 [4.76] 130.0 [5.12]


80.0 [3.15] R3.3 [R0.13]

CHARGE ACT. ERR.


GREEN YELLOW RED

200.0 [7.87]
189.5 [7.46]

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 B-7


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Appendix B Accessories|VFD-B Series

B.2 AMD - EMI Filter Cross Reference

AC Drives Model Number FootPrint

VFD007B21A, VFD015B21A RF015B21AA Y

VFD022B21A RF022B21BA Y

VFD007B43A, VFD015B43A, VFD022B43B RF022B43AA Y

VFD037B43A RF037B43BA Y

VFD055B43A, VFD075B43A, VFD110B43A RF110B43CA Y

VFD007B23A, VFD015B23A 10TDT1W4C N

VFD022B23A, VFD037B23A 26TDT1W4C N

VFD055B23A, VFD075B23A, VFD150B43A,


50TDS4W4C N
VFD185B43A

VFD110B23A, VFD150B23A, VFD220B43A,


100TDS84C N
VFD300B43A, VFD370B43A

VFD550B43C, VFD750B43C 200TDDS84C N

VFD185B23A, VFD220B23A, VFD300B23A,


150TDS84C N
VFD450B43A

VFD370B23A 180TDS84C N

VFD022B23B 20TDT1W4D N

VFD022B21B 35DRT1W3C N

VFD037B43B, VFD037B23B 26TDT1W4B4 N

B-8 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Appendix B Accessories|VFD-B Series

Installation
All electrical equipment, including AC motor drives, will generate high-frequency/low-frequency
noise and will interfere with peripheral equipment by radiation or conduction when in operation. By
using an EMI filter with correct installation, much of the interference can be eliminated. It is
recommended to use DELTA EMI filter to have the best interference elimination performance.

We assure that it can comply with following rules when AC motor drive and EMI filter are installed
and wired according to user manual:
„ EN61000-6-4
„ EN61800-3: 1996 + A11: 2000
„ EN55011 (1991) Class A Group 1 (1st Environment, restricted distribution)

General precaution
1. EMI filter and AC motor drive should be installed on the same metal plate.
2. Please install AC motor drive on same footprint with EMI filter or install EMI filter as close as
possible to the AC motor drive.
3. All wiring should be as short as possible.
4. Metal plate should be grounded.
5. The cover of EMI filter and AC motor drive or grounding should be fixed on the metal plate and
the contact area should be as large as possible.

Choose suitable motor cable and precautions


Improper installation and choice of motor cable will affect the performance of EMI filter. Be sure to
observe the following precautions when selecting motor cable.

1. Use the cable with shielding (double shielding is the best).


2. The shielding on both ends of the motor cable should be grounded with the minimum length
and maximum contact area.
3. Remove any paint on metal saddle for good ground contact with the plate and shielding.

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 B-9


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Appendix B Accessories|VFD-B Series


Remove any paint on metal saddle for good ground contact with
the plate and shielding.

saddle the plate with grounding

Saddle on both ends

Saddle on one end

The length of motor cable


When motor is driven by an AC motor drive of PWM type, the motor terminals will experience
surge voltages easily due to components conversion of AC motor drive and cable capacitance.
When the motor cable is very long (especially for the 460V series), surge voltages may reduce
insulation quality. To prevent this situation, please follow the rules below:

B-10 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Appendix B Accessories|VFD-B Series


„ Use a motor with enhanced insulation.
„ Connect an output reactor (optional) to the output terminals of the AC motor drive
„ The length of the cable between AC motor drive and motor should be as short as possible
(10 to 20 m or less)
„ For models 7.5hp/5.5kW and above:

Insulation level of motor 1000V 1300V 1600V

460VAC input voltage 66 ft (20m) 328 ft (100m) 1312 ft (400m)

230VAC input voltage 1312 ft (400m) 1312 ft (400m) 1312 ft (400m)

„ For models 5hp/3.7kW and less:

Insulation level of motor 1000V 1300V 1600V

460VAC input voltage 66 ft (20m) 165 ft (50m) 165 ft (50m)

230VAC input voltage 328 ft (100m) 328 ft (100m) 328 ft (100m)

NOTE
When a thermal O/L relay protected by motor is used between AC motor drive and motor, it may
malfunction (especially for 460V series), even if the length of motor cable is only 165 ft (50m) or less.
To prevent it, please use AC reactor and/or lower the carrier frequency (Pr. 02-03 PWM carrier

frequency).

NOTE
Never connect phase lead capacitors or surge absorbers to the output terminals of the AC motor
drive.
„ If the length is too long, the stray capacitance between cables will increase and may cause
leakage current. It will activate the protection of over current, increase leakage current or not
insure the correction of current display. The worst case is that AC motor drive may be
damaged.
„ If more than one motor is connected to the AC motor drive, the total wiring length is the sum
of the wiring length from AC motor drive to each motor.

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 B-11


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Appendix B Accessories|VFD-B Series

B.2.1 Dimensions
Dimensions are in millimeter and (inch)
Order P/N: RF015B21AA / RF022B43AA

50 118
(1.97)
28 90
(1.1) (3.54)

226 226 239


(8.9) (8.9) (9.4)

16 24 5.5
(0.63) (0.94) (3.37)

B-12 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Appendix B Accessories|VFD-B Series


Order P/N: RF022B21BA / RF037B43BA

60.0 150.0
(2.36) (5.9)
30.0 100.0
(1.18) (4.33)
(11.89)

(11.89)

(12.4)
315.0
302.0

302.0

15.0 5.5
(0.59) (0.22)
30.0
(1.18)

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 B-13


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Appendix B Accessories|VFD-B Series


Order P/N: RF110B43CA

60 200

33 120

382 382 398

20 26 7.0

B-14 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Appendix B Accessories|VFD-B Series


Order P/N: 10TDT1W4C

Order P/N: 26TDT1W4C

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 B-15


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Appendix B Accessories|VFD-B Series


Order P/N: 50TDS4W4C

Order P/N: 100TDS84C

B-16 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Appendix B Accessories|VFD-B Series


Order P/N: 200TDDS84C

Order P/N: 150TDS84C

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 B-17


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Appendix B Accessories|VFD-B Series


Order P/N: 180TDS84C

Order P/N: 20TDT1W4D

B-18 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Appendix B Accessories|VFD-B Series


Order P/N: 26TDT1W4B4

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 B-19


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Appendix B Accessories|VFD-B Series

B.3 PG Card (for Encoder)

(Refer to Pr.10-10 to 10-15 of related parameter settings)

B.3.1 PG02 Installation


1. 1-2hp (0.75-1.5kW)
er
p ac
io ns
u lat
Ins -0
2
PG

PG
Ca
rd
Te
r mi
na
tic f
l
as of d
Pl and
St o ar
o lb
nt r
Co

2. 3-5hp (2.2-3.7kW)

-02
PG

Insu latio n
spac er

PG
Ca
rd
Te
rm
i na
l

rd
boa
t rol
Con

B-20 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Appendix B Accessories|VFD-B Series


3. 7.5hp (5.5kW) and above

02
P G-

Insul ation
spac er

P la PG
Car
St a s t ic d Te
nd r m in
off al

B.3.1.1 PG Card and Pulse Generator (Encoder)


1. Basic Wiring Diagram

None fused breaker


NFB
R/L1 R/L1 U/T1 Motor

S/L2 S/L2 V/T2


IM
3~
T/L3 T/L3 W/T3

A A
PG-02 A A
PG
B B
B B
OC 12V
VP +12V
Factory GND
DCM
Setting
TP 5V E
Pulse Generator
Output 12V DC
Main circuit (power) terminals Control circuit terminals

PG-02 and Pulse Generator Connections

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 B-21


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Appendix B Accessories|VFD-B Series


2. Basic Wiring Diagram with RPM Meter Attached.
None fused breaker
NFB
R/L1 R/L1 U/T1

S/L2 S/L2 V/T2


IM
3~
T/L3 T/L3 W/T3

VFD-B

A A
A A
PG
B B
B B
OC 12V
+5V
VP
GND
DCM
TP 5V

A/O
B/O
COM RPM meter

Main circuit (power) terminals Control circuit terminals


PG-02 and Pulse Generator Connections

3. When Pulse Generator (Encoder) is Open Collector type, please refer to following wiring.

NFB
R/L1 R/L1 U/T1 Motor

S/L2 S/L2 V/T2 IM


3~
T/L3 T/L3 W/T3

A A
PG-02 A PG
B
B
OC 12V
5V
VP
Factory GND
Setting DCM
TP 5V
Pulse Generator
Output 5V DC
Main circuit (power) terminals Control circuit terminals

B-22 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Appendix B Accessories|VFD-B Series

B.3.1.2 PG-02 Terminal Descriptions


1. Terminals

Terminal Symbols Descriptions

Power source of PG-02 (FSW1 can be switched to 12V or 5V)


VP
Output Voltage: (+12VDC ±5% 200mA) or (+5VDC ±2% 400mA)

DCM Power source (VP) and input signal (A, B) common

Input signal from Pulse Generator. Input type is selected by FSW2. It


can be 1-phase or 2-phase input. Maximum 500kP/sec (z-phase
function is reserved). If the voltage exceeds 12V, it needs to use TP
type with connecting the external current limiting resistor(R). The
A- A ,B- B current should be within 5 to 15mA.

The formal of current limiting resistor is:


Vin − 2V
5mA ≤ ≤ 15mA
480Ω + R
PG-02 output signal for use with RPM Meter. (Open Collector)
A/O, B/O
Maximum DC24V 100mA

COM PG-02 output signal (A/O, B/O) common.

2. Wiring Notes
The control, power supply and motor leads must be laid separately. They must not be fed
through the same cable conduit / trunk.

a. Please use a shielded cable to prevent interference. Do not run control wires

parallel to any high voltage AC power line (220 V and above).

b. Connect shielded wire to DCM only.

c. Recommended wire size 0.21 to 0.81mm2 (AWG24 to AWG18).

d. Wire length:
Types of Pulse
Maximum Wire Length Wire Gauge
Generators

Output Voltage 50m

Open Collector 50m


1.25mm2 (AWG16) or above
Line Driver 300m

Complementary 70m

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 B-23


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Appendix B Accessories|VFD-B Series


3. Control Terminals Block Designations.

Connect to VFD-B A/O


series control board B/O
Wiring Terminals COM
VP
PG-02 FSW2 FSW1
DCM
OC 12V
Select the power A
source and output A
of Pulse Generator B
TP 5V
B

4. Types of Pulse Generators (Encoders)

FSW1 and FSW2 Switches


Types of Pulse Generators
5V 12V

VCC
Output Voltage

FSW2 FSW1 FSW2 FSW1


OC 12V OC 12V
O/P

TP 5V TP 5V
0V

VCC
Open Collector

FSW2 FSW1 FSW2 FSW1


OC 12V OC 12V
O/P

TP 5V TP 5V
0V

Q FSW2 FSW1 FSW2 FSW1


Line Driver

OC 12V OC 12V

Q TP 5V TP 5V

VCC
Complimentary

FSW2 FSW1 FSW2 FSW1


OC 12V OC 12V

O/P

TP 5V TP 5V
0V

B-24 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Appendix B Accessories|VFD-B Series


B.3.2 PG03
B.3.2.1 Installation
1. 1~3HP (0.75kW~2.2kW)

3
-0
PG
in sul ati on
spa cer

PG
ca f
rd
d of
t er
mi t an
na
l ti cs
as rd
pl oa
lb
t ro
C on

2. 5HP (3.7kW)

-0 3
PG
insulat ion
spacer

PG
ca
rd
te r off
m nd
in a s ta
l t ic
p la s
rd
boa
tr o l
Co n

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 B-25


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Appendix B Accessories|VFD-B Series


3. 7.5HP (5.5kW) and above

03
P G-

insulat ion
spacer

p la st PG
ic s ta ca r
nd o d te
ff rmi
na l r d
bo a
t ro l
co n

B.3.2.2 PG Card and Pulse Generator (Encoder)


1. Basic wiring diagram

NFB
R/L1 R/L1 U/T1 Motor

S/L2 S/L2 V/T2


M
3~
T/L3 T/L3 W/T3

VFD-B

A
A
A
A
PG-03 B PG
B
B
B
OC 12V +12V
0V GND
Shield
TP Terminal

*Specification of the Encoder


is of the 12V/OC Output
Main circuit (power) terminals Control circuit terminals
Connection between PG-03 and the Encoder

B-26 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Appendix B Accessories|VFD-B Series


2. Connect Externally with the Encoder of 12V Power Supply and Output Signals to
Additional Tachometer
Non-Fuse Breaker
NFB
R/L1 R/L1 U/T1

S/L2 S/L2 V/T2


M
3~
T/L3 T/L3 W/T3

VFD-B

A A
A
A
PG
B
PG-03 B
B
B

OC 12V
GND
0V
TP
*Specification of the A/O
Encoder is of 12V/OC output,
which could also connect B/O
externally with the RPM wire
Shield
0V RPM Meter
Terminal *Power of the RPM meter should
be supplied by the customers

Main circuit (power) terminals Control circuit terminals

Connection between PG-03 and the Encoder

B.3.2.3 PG-03 Terminal Descriptions


1. Terminals
Terminal Symbols Descriptions

Power Supply of the Encoder: +12V


+12V Output Voltage: +12V±5% 200mA

0V Common point for the power supply and the signal

Input signal from Pulse Generator. Input type is selected by FSW2. It


can be 1-phase or 2-phase input. Maximum 500kP/sec (z-phase
function is reserved). If the voltage exceeds 12V, it needs to use TP
type with connecting the external current limiting resistor(R). The
A- A ,B- B current should be within 5 to 15mA.
The formal of current limiting resistor is:
Vin − 2V
5mA ≤ ≤ 15mA
600Ω + R
The Encoder signal output
A/O, B/O Maximum: DC24V 300mA

Common point for signal grounding

2. Wiring Notes

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 B-27


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Appendix B Accessories|VFD-B Series


a) Please use a shield cable to prevent interference. Do not run control wire parallel to
any high voltage AC power line (220V and up).

b) Connect shielded wire to E only.

c) Recommended wire size 0.21 to 0.81mm2 (AWG24 to AWG18).


d) Wire length:

The Output Types of Maximum Wire


Wire Gauge
the Encoder Length

Output Voltage 50m

Open Collector 50m


1.25mm2 (AWG16) or above
Line Driver 300m

Complementary 70m

3. Control Terminals Block Designations.

B/O
Connect to the VFD A/O
Series Control Board 0V
12V
PG-03 FSW2 0V
OC
G Select the input B
B power and the B
output type of the
A Encoder TP A
A

B-28 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Appendix B Accessories|VFD-B Series


4. Encoder types

Output Types of the Encoder FSW2 Switch

VCC
Output Voltage

OC

O/P

TP
0V

VCC
Open Collector

OC

O/P

TP

0V

OC
Line Driver

Q TP

VCC
Complimentary

OC

O/P

TP

0V

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 B-29


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Appendix B Accessories|VFD-B Series

B.4 Remote Controller RC-01

Dimensions are in millimeter

RC-01
8 6 5 4 16 15 14 13 11 Terminal
block
(Wiring
connections)
VFD-B
AFM ACM AVI +10V DCM MI5 FWD REV JOG I/O
Block

VFD-B Programming:
Pr.02-00 set to 1
Pr.02-01 set to 1 (external controls)
Pr.02-05 set to 1 (setting Run/Stop and Fwd/Rev controls)
Pr.04-08 (MI5) set to 05 (External reset)
NOTE: It needs to set the switch SW1 to SINK mode.

B-30 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Appendix B Accessories|VFD-B Series

B.5 Remote Panel Adapter (RPA 01)

Remote panel adapter for VFDPU01

Mounting hole dimensions (Dimensions are in millimeter)


Following is the mounting hole dimension of the plate for RPA01. Please choose the applicable
one from below, depending on the plate thickness (t).

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 B-31


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Appendix B Accessories|VFD-B Series

B.6 AC Reactor

B.6.1 AC Input Reactor Recommended Value


230V, 50/60Hz, 1-Phase

Inductance (mH)
Fundamental Max. continuous
kW HP
Amps Amps 3~5% impedance

0.75 1 8 12 1.5

1.5 2 12 18 1.25

2.2 3 18 27 0.8

460V, 50/60Hz, 3-Phase

Max. Inductance (mH)


Fundamental
kW HP continuous
Amps 3% impedance 5% impedance
Amps
0.75 1 4 6 9 12
1.5 2 4 6 6.5 9
2.2 3 8 12 5 7.5
3.7 5 8 12 3 5
5.5 7.5 12 18 2.5 4.2
7.5 10 18 27 1.5 2.5
11 15 25 37.5 1.2 2
15 20 35 52.5 0.8 1.2
18.5 25 35 52.5 0.8 1.2
22 30 45 67.5 0.7 1.2
30 40 55 82.5 0.5 0.85
37 50 80 120 0.4 0.7
45 60 80 120 0.4 0.7
55 75 100 150 0.3 0.45
75 100 130 195 0.2 0.3

B-32 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Appendix B Accessories|VFD-B Series


575V, 50/60Hz, 3-Phase

Max. Inductance (mH)


Fundamental
kW HP continuous
Amps 3% impedance 5% impedance
Amps
0.75 1 2 3 20 32
1.5 2 4 6 9 12
2.2 3 4 6 9 12
3.7 5 8 12 5 7.5
5.5 7.5 8 12 3 5
7.5 10 12 18 2.5 4.2
11 15 18 27 1.5 2.5
15 20 25 37.5 1.2 1.8
18.5 25 25 37.5 1.2 1.8
22 30 35 52.5 0.8 1.2
30 40 45 67.5 0.7 1.2
37 50 55 82.5 0.5 0.85
45 60 80 120 0.4 0.7
55 75 80 120 0.4 0.7
75 100 100 150 0.3 0.45

B.6.2 AC Output Reactor Recommended Value


230V, 50/60Hz, 3-Phase
Max. Inductance (mH)
Fundamental
kW HP continuous
Amps 3% impedance 5% impedance
Amps
0.75 1 8 12 3 5

1.5 2 8 12 1.5 3

2.2 3 12 18 1.25 2.5

3.7 5 18 27 0.8 1.5

5.5 7.5 25 37.5 0.5 1.2

7.5 10 35 52.5 0.4 0.8

11 15 55 82.5 0.25 0.5

15 20 80 120 0.2 0.4

18.5 25 80 120 0.2 0.4

22 30 100 150 0.15 0.3

30 40 130 195 0.1 0.2

37 50 160 240 0.075 0.15

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 B-33


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Appendix B Accessories|VFD-B Series


460V, 50/60Hz, 3-Phase

Max. Inductance (mH)


Fundamental
kW HP continuous
Amps 3% impedance 5% impedance
Amps
0.75 1 4 6 9 12

1.5 2 4 6 6.5 9

2.2 3 8 12 5 7.5

3.7 5 12 18 2.5 4.2

5.5 7.5 18 27 1.5 2.5

7.5 10 18 27 1.5 2.5

11 15 25 37.5 1.2 2

15 20 35 52.5 0.8 1.2

18.5 25 45 67.5 0.7 1.2

22 30 45 67.5 0.7 1.2

30 40 80 120 0.4 0.7

37 50 80 120 0.4 0.7

45 60 100 150 0.3 0.45

55 75 130 195 0.2 0.3

75 100 160 240 0.15 0.23

575V, 50/60Hz, 3-Phase

Max. Inductance (mH)


Fundamental
kW HP continuous
Amps 3% impedance 5% impedance
Amps
0.75 1 2 3 20 32

1.5 2 4 6 9 12

2.2 3 4 6 9 12

3.7 5 8 12 5 7.5

5.5 7.5 8 12 3 5

7.5 10 12 18 2.5 4.2

11 15 18 27 1.5 2.5

15 20 25 37.5 1.2 1.8

B-34 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Appendix B Accessories|VFD-B Series


Max. Inductance (mH)
Fundamental
kW HP continuous
Amps 3% impedance 5% impedance
Amps
18.5 25 25 37.5 1.2 1.8

22 30 35 52.5 0.8 1.2

30 40 45 67.5 0.7 1.2

37 50 55 82.5 0.5 0.85

45 60 80 120 0.4 0.7

55 75 80 120 0.4 0.7

75 100 100 150 0.3 0.45

B.6.3 Applications for AC Reactor


Connected in input circuit
Application 1 Question
When more than one AC motor drive is When applying to one of the AC motor drive,
connected to the same power, one of them is the charge current of capacity may cause
ON during operation. voltage ripple. The AC motor drive may
damage when over current occurs during
operation.
Correct wiring
M1 reactor
AC motor drive motor

M2
AC motor drive motor

Mn
AC motor drive motor

Application 2 Question
Silicon rectifier and AC motor drive is Surges will be generated at the instant of
connected to the same power. silicon rectifier switching on/off. These surges
may damage the mains circuit.

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 B-35


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Appendix B Accessories|VFD-B Series


Correct wiring
silicon rectifier

power reactor
DC

AC motor drive

reactor
motor

Application 3 Question
Used to improve the input power factor, to When power capacity is too large, line
reduce harmonics and provide protection from impedance will be small and the charge
AC line disturbances. (surges, switching current will be too large. That may damage
spikes, short interruptions, etc.). AC line AC motor drive due to higher rectifier
reactor should be installed when the power temperature.
supply capacity is 500kVA or more and
exceeds 6 times the inverter capacity, or the
mains wiring distance ≤ 10m.

Correct wiring
large-capacity small-capacity
power reactor AC motor drive

motor

B-36 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Appendix B Accessories|VFD-B Series

B.7 Zero Phase Reactor (RF220X00A)


Dimensions are in millimeter and (inch)

Recommended Wire Diagram B


Cable Size Please put all wires through 4 cores in
Wiring
type Qty. series without winding.
Method
(Note) Nominal
AWG mm2
(mm2) Zero Phase Reactor

Power R/L1 U/T1


Diagram S/L2 V/T2 MOTOR
≦10 ≦5.3 ≦5.5 1 Supply T/L3 W/T3

Single- A
core
Diagram
≦2 ≦33.6 ≦38 4
B
Note 1: The table above gives approximate
Diagram wire size for the zero phase reactors but the
≦12 ≦3.3 ≦3.5 1
Three- A selection is ultimately governed by the type
core and diameter of cable fitted i.e. the cable
Diagram must fit through the center hole of zero
≦1 ≦42.4 ≦50 4
B phase reactors.
Note: 600V Insulated unshielded Cable.
Note 2: Only the phase conductors should
pass through, not the earth core or screen.
Diagram A
Please wind each wire 4 times around the
core. The reactor must be put at inverter Note 3: When long motor output cables are
output as close as possible. used an output zero phase reactor may be
required to reduce radiated emissions from
the cable.
Zero Phase Reactor

R/L1 U/T1
Power
Supply
S/L2 V/T2 MOTOR
T/L3 W/T3

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 B-37


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Appendix B Accessories|VFD-B Series

B.8 DC Choke Recommended Values

230V DC Choke

Input voltage kW HP DC Amps Inductance (mh)


0.75 1 9 7.50
1.5 2 12 4.00
230Vac 2.2 3 18 2.75
50/60Hz 3.7 5 25 1.75
3-Phase 5.5 7.5 32 0.85
7.5 10 40 0.75
11 15 62 0.61
230Vac 0.75 1 9 12.00
50/60Hz 1.5 2 12 8.00
1-Phase 2.2 3 18 6.00

B-36 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Appendix B Accessories|VFD-B Series


460V DC Choke

Input voltage kW HP DC Amps Inductance (mh)


0.75 1 4 25.00
1.5 2 9 11.50
460Vac 2.2 3 9 11.50
50/60Hz 3.7 5 12 6.00
3-Phase 5.5 7.5 18 3.75
7.5 10 25 4.00
11 15 32 2.68

575V DC Choke
Input voltage kW HP DC Amps Inductance (mh)
0.75 1 4 25
1.5 2 9 11.5
575Vac 2.2 3 9 11.5
50/60Hz 3.7 5 12 6
3-Phase 5.5 7.5 18 6
7.5 10 25 4
11 15 32 2.68

NOTE
It is built-in DC chock in 15kW to 75kW models.

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 B-37


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Appendix B Accessories|VFD-B Series

B.9 No-fuse Circuit Breaker Chart

For 1-phase/3-phase drives, the current rating of the breaker shall be within 2-4 times maximum input
current rating.
(Refer to Appendix A for rated input current)

1-phase 3-phase
Recommended Recommended Recommended
Model no-fuse Model no-fuse Model no-fuse
breaker (A) breaker (A) breaker (A)
VFD007B21A 20 VFD007B23A 10 VFD220B23A 175
VFD015B21A/B 30 VFD007B43A 5 VFD220B43A 100
VFD022B21A 50 VFD007B53A 5 VFD220B53A 60
VFD015B23A/B 15 VFD300B23A 225
VFD015B43A 10 VFD300B43A 125
VFD015B53A 5 VFD300B53A 75
VFD022B23A 30 VFD370B23A 250
VFD022B43B 15 VFD370B43A 150
VFD022B53A 10 VFD370B53A 100
VFD037B23A 40 VFD450B43A 175
VFD037B43A 20 VFD450B53A 125
VFD037B53A 15 VFD550B43C 250
VFD055B23A 50 VFD550B53A 150
VFD055B43A 30 VFD750B43C 300
VFD055B53A 20 VFD750B53A 175
VFD075B23A 60
VFD075B43A 40
VFD075B53A 30
VFD110B23A 100
VFD110B43A 50
VFD110B53A 40
VFD150B23A 125
VFD150B43A 60
VFD150B53A 40
VFD185B23A 150
VFD185B43A 75
VFD185B53A 50

B-38 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Appendix B Accessories|VFD-B Series

B.10 Fuse Specification Chart


Smaller fuses than those shown in the table are permitted.
I (A) I (A) Line Fuse
Model
Input Output I (A) Bussmann P/N
VFD007B21A 11.9 5.0 20 JJN-20
VFD007B23A 5.7 5.0 10 JJN-10
VFD007B43A 3.2 2.7 5 JJS-5
VFD007B53A 1.2 1.7 3 JJS-3
VFD015B21A/B 15.3 7.0 30 JJN-30
VFD015B23A/B 7.6 7.0 15 JJN-15
VFD015B43A 4.3 4.2 10 JJS-10
VFD015B53A 3.1 3.5 5 JJS-6
VFD022B21A 22.0 11 50 JJN-50
VFD022B23A 15.5 11 30 JJN-30
VFD022B43B 5.9 5.5 15 JJS-15
VFD022B53A 4.0 4.5 10 JJS-10
VFD037B23A 20.6 17 40 JJN-40
VFD037B43A 11.2 8.5 20 JJS-20
VFD037B53A 8.3 6.7 15 JJS-15
VFD055B23A 26 25 50 JJN-50
VFD055B43A 14 13 30 JJS-30
VFD055B53A 10.3 10 20 JJS-20
VFD075B23A 34 33 60 JJN-60
VFD075B43A 19 18 40 JJS-40
VFD075B53A 13.8 13.5 25 JJS-25
VFD110B23A 50 49 100 JJN-100
VFD110B43A 25 24 50 JJS-50
VFD110B53A 18.2 19 35 JJS-35
VFD150B23A 60 65 125 JJN-125
VFD150B43A 32 32 60 JJS-60
VFD150B53A 22 22 40 JJS-40
VFD185B23A 75 75 150 JJN-150
VFD185B43A 39 38 75 JJS-70
VFD185B53A 27.7 27 50 JJS-50
VFD220B23A 90 90 175 JJN-175
VFD220B43A 49 45 100 JJS-100
VFD220B53A 32 34 60 JJS-60
VFD300B23A 110 120 225 JJN-225
VFD300B43A 60 60 125 JJS-125
VFD300B53A 41 41 75 JJS-70
VFD370B23A 142 145 250 JJN-250
VFD370B43A 63 73 150 JJS-150
VFD370B53A 52 52 100 JJS-100
VFD450B43A 90 91 175 JJS-175
VFD450B53A 62 62 125 JJS-125
VFD550B43C 130 110 250 JJS-250
VFD550B53A 74 80 150 JJS-150
VFD750B43C 160 150 300 JJS-300
VFD750B53A 91 100 175 JJS-175

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 B-39


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Appendix B Accessories|VFD-B Series

B.11 PU06

B.11.1 Description of the Digital keypad VFD-PU06


LED Display
Frequency Command Indicates frequency, voltage, current, user
Status indicator defined units, read, and save, etc.
F
Output Frequency H
Status indicator Model Number
U
User Defined Units VFD-PU06
Status indicator Status Display
Display the driver's current status.
EXT PU
JOG
By pressing JOG key,
Jog frequency operation. MODE
Change between different display mode.
UP and DOWN Key
Set the parameter number
JOG PU
and changes the numerical
data, such as Master Frequency.
Left Key Right key
Move cursor to the left. Move the cursor to the right

FWD/REV Key
Select FWD/REV operation.
STOP STOP/RESET
RUN RESET Stops AC drive operation and reset the drive
after fault occurred.
RUN Key
Start AC drive operation.

B.11.2 Explanation of Display Message


Display Message Descriptions

The AC motor drive Master Frequency Command.

The Actual Operation Frequency present at terminals U, V, and W.

The custom unit (u)

The output current present at terminals U, V, and W.

Press to change the mode to READ. Press PROG/DATA for


about 2 sec or until it’s flashing, read the parameters of AC drive to the
digital keypad PU06. It can read 4 groups of parameters to PU06. (read
0 - read 3)

Press to change the mode to SAVE. Press PROG/DATA for


about 2 sec or until it’s flashing, then write the parameters from the
digital keypad PU06 to AC drive. If it has saved, it will show the type of
AC motor drive.

B-40 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Appendix B Accessories|VFD-B Series


Display Message Descriptions

The specified parameter setting.

The actual value stored in the specified parameter.

External Fault

“End” displays for approximately 1 second if the entered input data have
been accepted. After a parameter value has been set, the new value is
automatically stored in memory. To modify an entry, use the

or keys.

“Err” displays if the input is invalid.

Communication Error. Please check the AC motor drive user manual


(Chapter 5, Group 9 Communication Parameter) for more details.

B.11.3 Operation Flow Chart


VFD-PU06 Operation Flow Chart

Or

XX Press UP key to select


SAVE or READ.
Press PROG/DATA for
about 2 seconds or until
XX-XX it is flashing, then save
parameters from PU06 to
AC drive or read parameters
from AC drive to PU06.

XXXXX

-ERR- -END-
Program Program
Error Successful

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 B-41


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Appendix B Accessories|VFD-B Series


This page intentionally left blank.

B-42 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Appendix C How to Select the Right AC Motor Drive

The choice of the right AC motor drive for the application is very important and has great influence
on its lifetime. If the capacity of AC motor drive is too large, it cannot offer complete protection to
the motor and motor maybe damaged. If the capacity of AC motor drive is too small, it cannot offer
the required performance and the AC motor drive maybe damaged due to overloading.

But by simply selecting the AC motor drive of the same capacity as the motor, user application
requirements cannot be met completely. Therefore, a designer should consider all the conditions,
including load type, load speed, load characteristic, operation method, rated output, rated speed,
power and the change of load capacity. The following table lists the factors you need to consider,
depending on your requirements.
Related Specification

Item Speed and


Time Overload Starting
torque
ratings capacity torque
characteristics
Friction load and weight
load
Liquid (viscous) load
Load type ● ●
Inertia load
Load with power
transmission
Constant torque
Load speed and
Constant output
torque ● ●
Decreasing torque
characteristics
Decreasing output
Constant load
Shock load
Load
Repetitive load ● ● ● ●
characteristics
High starting torque
Low starting torque
Continuous operation, Short-time operation
● ●
Long-time operation at medium/low speeds
Maximum output current (instantaneous)
● ●
Constant output current (continuous)
Maximum frequency, Base frequency ●
Power supply transformer capacity or
percentage impedance
Voltage fluctuations and unbalance ● ●
Number of phases, single phase protection
Frequency
Mechanical friction, losses in wiring ● ●
Duty cycle modification ●

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 C-1


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Appendix C How to Select the Right AC Motor Drive|VFD-B Series

C.1 Capacity Formulas

1. When one AC motor drive operates one motor


The starting capacity should be less than 1.5x rated capacity of AC motor drive
The starting capacity=
k×N ⎛ GD 2 N ⎞
⎜⎜ TL + × ⎟ ≤ 1.5 × the _ capacity _ of _ AC _ motor _ drive ( kVA)
973 × η × cos ϕ ⎝ 375 t A ⎟⎠

2. When one AC motor drive operates more than one motor


2.1 The starting capacity should be less than the rated capacity of AC motor drive
„ Acceleration time ≦60 seconds

The starting capacity=

k×N ⎡ ns ⎤
[n
T + ns (ks − 1)] = PC1⎢⎢1 + (ks − 1)⎥⎥ ≤ 1.5 × the _ capacity _ of _ AC _ motor _ drive(kVA)
η × cos ϕ ⎢⎣ nT ⎥⎦

„ Acceleration time ≧60 seconds

The starting capacity=

k×N ⎡ ns ⎤
[n
T + ns (ks − 1)] = PC1⎢⎢1 + (ks − 1)⎥⎥ ≤ the _ capacity _ of _ AC _ motor _ drive(kVA)
η × cos ϕ ⎢⎣ nT ⎥⎦

2.2 The current should be less than the rated current of AC motor drive(A)

„ Acceleration time ≦60 seconds

nT + IM ⎡⎢⎣1+ nnTS ⎛⎜⎝ kS −1⎞⎟⎠ ⎤⎥⎦ ≤ 1.5 × the _ rated _ current _ of _ AC _ motor _ drive( A)

„ Acceleration time ≧60 seconds

nT + IM ⎡⎢⎣1+ nnTS ⎛⎜⎝ kS −1⎞⎟⎠ ⎤⎥⎦ ≤ the _ rated _ current _ of _ AC _ motor _ drive( A)

2.3 When it is running continuously

C-2 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Appendix C How to Select the Right AC Motor Drive|VFD-B Series

„ The requirement of load capacity should be less than the capacity of AC


motor drive(kVA)
The requirement of load capacity=

k × PM
≤ the _ capacity _ of _ AC _ motor _ drive(kVA)
η × cosϕ

„ The motor capacity should be less than the capacity of AC motor drive

k × 3 × VM × IM × 10−3 ≤ the _ capacity _ of _ AC _ motor _ drive(kVA)

„ The current should be less than the rated current of AC motor drive(A)

k × IM ≤ the _ rated _ current _ of _ AC _ motor _ drive( A)

Symbol explanation
PM : Motor shaft output for load (kW)

η : Motor efficiency (normally, approx. 0.85)

cos ϕ : Motor power factor (normally, approx. 0.75)

VM : Motor rated voltage(V)

IM : Motor rated current(A), for commercial power

k : Correction factor calculated from current distortion factor (1.05 - 1.1, depending
on PWM method)

PC1 : Continuous motor capacity (kVA)

kS : Starting current/rated current of motor

nT : Number of motors in parallel

nS : Number of simultaneously started motors

GD 2 : Total inertia (GD2) calculated back to motor shaft (kg m2)

TL : Load torque

tA : Motor acceleration time

N : Motor speed

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 C-3

CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Appendix C How to Select the Right AC Motor Drive|VFD-B Series

C.2 General Precaution

Selection Note
1. When the AC Motor Drive is connected directly to a large-capacity power transformer
(600kVA or above) or when a phase lead capacitor is switched, excess peak currents

may occur in the power input circuit and the converter section may be damaged. To avoid
this, use an AC input reactor (optional) before AC Motor Drive mains input to reduce the
current and improve the input power efficiency.
2. When a special motor is used or more than one motor is driven in parallel with a single
AC Motor Drive, select the AC Motor Drive current ≥1.25x(Sum of the motor rated
currents).

3. The starting and accel./decel. characteristics of a motor are limited by the rated current
and the overload protection of the AC Motor Drive. Compared to running the motor D.O.L.
(Direct On-Line), a lower starting torque output with AC Motor Drive can be expected. If

higher starting torque is required (such as for elevators, mixers, tooling machines, etc.)
use an AC Motor Drive of higher capacity or increase the capacities for both the motor
and the AC Motor Drive.
4. When an error occurs on the drive, a protective circuit will be activated and the AC Motor
Drive output is turned off. Then the motor will coast to stop. For an emergency stop, an
external mechanical brake is needed to quickly stop the motor.

Parameter Settings Note


1. The AC Motor Drive can be driven at an output frequency up to 400Hz (less for some
models) with the digital keypad. Setting errors may create a dangerous situation. For
safety, the use of the upper limit frequency function is strongly recommended.
2. High DC brake operating voltages and long operation time (at low frequencies) may
cause overheating of the motor. In that case, forced external motor cooling is
recommended.

3. Motor accel./decel. time is determined by motor rated torque, load torque, and load inertia.

C-4 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Appendix C How to Select the Right AC Motor Drive|VFD-B Series

4. If the stall prevention function is activated, the accel./decel. time is automatically extended
to a length that the AC Motor Drive can handle. If the motor needs to decelerate within a
certain time with high load inertia that can’t be handled by the AC Motor Drive in the
required time, either use an external brake resistor and/or brake unit, depending on the
model, (to shorten deceleration time only) or increase the capacity for both the motor and
the AC Motor Drive.

C.3 How to Choose a Suitable Motor

Standard motor
When using the AC Motor Drive to operate a standard 3-phase induction motor, take the
following precautions:
1. The energy loss is greater than for an inverter duty motor.
2. Avoid running motor at low speed for a long time. Under this condition, the motor

temperature may rise above the motor rating due to limited airflow produced by the
motor’s fan. Consider external forced motor cooling.
3. When the standard motor operates at low speed for long time, the output load must be

decreased.
4. The load tolerance of a standard motor is as follows:

Load duty-cycle
25%
40% 60%
100
82
70
torque(%)

60
50 continuous

0
3 6 20 60
Frequency (Hz)

5. If 100% continuous torque is required at low speed, it may be necessary to use a special
inverter duty motor.
Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 C-5

CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Appendix C How to Select the Right AC Motor Drive|VFD-B Series

6. Motor dynamic balance and rotor endurance should be considered once the operating
speed exceeds the rated speed (60Hz) of a standard motor.
7. Motor torque characteristics vary when an AC Motor Drive instead of commercial power
supply drives the motor. Check the load torque characteristics of the machine to be
connected.
8. Because of the high carrier frequency PWM control of the VFD series, pay attention to the

following motor vibration problems:


„ Resonant mechanical vibration: anti-vibration (damping) rubbers should be
used to mount equipment that runs at varying speed.
„ Motor imbalance: special care is required for operation at 50 or 60 Hz and
higher frequency.
„ To avoid resonances, use the Skip frequencies.

9. The motor fan will be very noisy when the motor speed exceeds 50 or 60Hz.

Special motors:
1. Pole-changing (Dahlander) motor:
The rated current is differs from that of a standard motor. Please check before operation
and select the capacity of the AC motor drive carefully. When changing the pole number
the motor needs to be stopped first. If over current occurs during operation or

regenerative voltage is too high, please let the motor free run to stop (coast).
2. Submersible motor:
The rated current is higher than that of a standard motor. Please check before operation

and choose the capacity of the AC motor drive carefully. With long motor cable between
AC motor drive and motor, available motor torque is reduced.
3. Explosion-proof (Ex) motor:
Needs to be installed in a safe place and the wiring should comply with the (Ex)
requirements. Delta AC Motor Drives are not suitable for (Ex) areas with special
precautions.

4. Gear reduction motor:


The lubricating method of reduction gearbox and speed range for continuous operation

will be different and depending on brand. The lubricating function for operating long time
at low speed and for high-speed operation needs to be considered carefully.

C-6 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com
CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Appendix C How to Select the Right AC Motor Drive|VFD-B Series

5. Synchronous motor:
The rated current and starting current are higher than for standard motors. Please check
before operation and choose the capacity of the AC motor drive carefully. When the AC
motor drive operates more than one motor, please pay attention to starting and changing
the motor.

Power Transmission Mechanism


Pay attention to reduced lubrication when operating gear reduction motors, gearboxes, belts
and chains, etc. over longer periods at low speeds. At high speeds of 50/60Hz and above,
lifetime reducing noises and vibrations may occur.

Motor torque
The torque characteristics of a motor operated by an AC motor drive and commercial mains
power are different.
Below you’ll find the torque-speed characteristics of a standard motor (4-pole, 15kW):

Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00 C-7

CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

Appendix C How to Select the Right AC Motor Drive|VFD-B Series

AC motor drive Motor


180 180
155 60 seconds 155 60 seconds
140
torque (%)

torque (%)
100 100
80
55 55
38 38

03 20 60 120 0 3 20 60 120
Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz)
Base freq.: 60Hz Base freq.: 60Hz
V/f for 220V/60Hz V/f for 220V/60Hz

180
140 60 seconds 150 60 seconds
130
torque (%)

100
torque (%)

85 100
68 80
45 45
35 35

03 20 50 120 0 20 50 120
3
Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz)
Base freq.: 50Hz Base freq.: 50Hz
V/f for 220V/50Hz V/f for 220V/50Hz

C-8 Revision July 2008, BE16, SW V4.08 & V5.00


CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.automatedpt.com

You might also like